NCCN — Национальная сеть многопрофильных онкологических учреждений
OSHA — Управление по технике безопасности и гигиене труда
PDL — лазер на красителе
В ходе подготовки статей по пластической хирургии для пользователей сайта МедУнивер использованы труды следующих авторов:
Aiache A. The suborbicularis oculi fat pad: an anatomic and clinical study 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 1602-1604; discussion 1605-1606.
Alster S., Lupton J.R. An overview of cutaneous laser resuracing 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 2001. Vol. 28. P. 37-52.
Aldave A.J., Maus M., Rubin P.A. Advances in the management of lower eyelid retraction 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 1999. Vol. 15. P. 213-224.
Allen M.V., Cohen K.L., Grimson B.S. Orbital cellulitis secondary to dacryocystitis following blepharoplasty 11 Ann. Ophthalmol. 1985. Vol. 17. P. 498-499.
Bartisch S„ Swartz K.A., Spinelli H.M. Lateral canthoplasty using the Mitek anchor system 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 36, N 1. P. 3-7.
Barretto R.L., Mathog R.H. Orbital measurement in black and white populations // Laryngoscope. 1999. Vol. 109, N 7. Pt 1. P. 1051-1054.
Bas C.T., Perez-Guisado J. A new approach: resection and suture of orbicularis oculi muscle to define the upper eyelid fold and correct asymmetries 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2013. Vol. 37, N l.P. 46-50.
Berke A., Mueller S. The kinetics of lid motion and its effects on the tear film // Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 1998. Vol. 438. P. 417-424.
Berman M. Rejuvenation of the upper eyelid complex with autologous fat transplantation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 1113-1116.
Bernardi C„ Dura S„ Amata P.L. Treatment of orbicularis oculi muscle hypertrophy in lower lid blepharoplasty 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 1998. Vol. 22. P. 349-351.
Borodic G., Townsend D. Atlas of Eyelid Surgery. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1994.
Bosniak S. Principles and Practice of Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Vol. 1, 2. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1996.
Brown S.M., Coats D.K., Collins M.L., Underdahl J.P. Second cluster of strabismus cases after periocular anesthesia without hyaluronidase 11 J. Cataract. Refract. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 1872-1875.
Caldato R„ Lauande-Pimentel R., Sabrosa N.A. et al. Role of reinsertion of the lower eyelid retractor on involutional entropion 11 Br. J. Ophthalmol. 2000. Vol. 84. P. 606-608.
Carruthers J. Brow lifting and blepharoplasty 11 Dermatol. Clin. 2001. Vol. 19. P. 531-533.
Carter S.R., Sei S.R., Grant P.E., Vigneron D.B. The Asian lower eyelid: a comparative anatomic study using high-reso-lution magnetic resonance imaging 11 Ophthalmic Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1998. Vol. 14. P. 227-234.
Castro E„ Foster J. A. Upper lid blepharoplasty 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 1999. Vol. 15. P. 173-181.
Cheng J., Xu F.Z. Anatomic microstructure of the upper eyelid in the Oriental double eyelid // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 1665-1668.
Chia C.T., Swartz K.A., Spinelli H.M. Transcutaneous lower lid blepharoplasty 11 Aesthetic Head and Neck: An Operative Atlas I eds SJ. Lin, T.A. Mustoe. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2012.
Codner M.A. Reduction of lower palpebral bulge by placating attenuated orbital septa: a technical modification in cosmetic blepharoplasty 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105. P. 2559-2560.
Craig J.P., Singh L, Tomlinson A., Morgan P.B. et al. The role of tear physiology in ocular surface temperature 11 Eye. 2000. Vol. 14, pt 4. P. 635-641.
Dagum A.B., Antonyshyn O., Hearn T. Medial canthopexy: an experimental and biomechanical study 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1995. Vol. 35. P. 262-265.
Della Rocca R., Bedrossian E„ Arthurs B. Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery: Decision Making and Techniques. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2002.
Della Rocca R., Nesi E, Lisman R. Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Vol. 1. St Louis, MO : C.V. Mosby, 1997.
DeMere M., Wood T, Austin W. Eye complications with blepharoplasty or other eyelid surgery. A national survey 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1974. Vol. 53. P. 634-637.
Dutton J. Atlas of Clinical and Surgical Orbital Anatomy. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1994.
Elahi E„ Spinelli H.M. Eyelid and orbit reconstruction. Chapter 65 11 Plastic Surgery I eds B. Guyuron, E. Eriksson, J. Persing, K. Chung et al. London : Elsevier, 2009.
Ettl A., Koornnee L., Daxer A., Kramer J. High resolution magnetic resonance imaging of the orbital connective tissue system // Ophthal. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1998. Vol. 14. P. 323-327.
Ettl A., Kramer J., Daxer A., Koornnee L. High resolution magnetic resonance imaging of the normal extraocular musculature 11 Eye. 1997. Vol. 11, pt 6. P. 793-797.
Ettl A., Priglinger S., Kramer J„ Koornnee L. Functional anatomy of the levator palpebrae superioris muscle and its connective tissue system 11 Br. J. Ophthalmol. 1996. Vol. 80. P. 702-707.
Friedland J.A., Jacobsen W.M., Terkonda S. Safety and efficacy of combined upper blepharoplasties and open coronal browlift: a consecutive series of 600 patients // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 1996. Vol. 20. P. 453-462.
Fu S., Fan J., Chen W, Yang Z. et al. Aesthetic correction of severe cicatricial upper-eyelid ectropion with a Retrograde Postauricular Island Flap 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2013. Vol. 37, N l.P. 95-101.
Hamra S. Composite Rhytidectomy. St Louis, MO : Quality Medical Publishing, 1993.
Haramoto U., Kubo T, Tamatani M., Hosokawa M.K. Anatomic study of the insertions of the levator aponeurosis and Mullers muscle in oriental eyelids 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2001. Vol. 47. P. 528-533.
Hwang K„ Joong Kim D., Chung R.S. Pretarsal at compartment in the lower eyelid 11 Clin. Anat. 2001. Vol. 14. P. 179— 183.
Hwang K., Kim D.J., Chung R.S., Lee S.I. et al. An anatomical study of the junction of the orbital septum and the levator aponeurosis in Orientals // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1998. Vol. 51. P. 594-598.
Gallo S.A., Wesley R.E., Klippenstein K.A., Biesman B.S. Cosmetic eyelid surgery 11 Ophthalmol. Clin. North Am. 2000. Vol. 13. P. 749-764.
Glatt H.J. Follow-up methods and the apparent success of entropion surgery // Ophthal. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 15. P. 396-400.
Gorla M.S., Gorla R.S. Nonlinear theory of tear film rupture // J. Biomech. Eng. 2000. Vol. 122. P. 498-503.
Guyuron B., Knize D.M. Corrugator supercilii resection through blepharoplasty incision // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 606-607.
Januszkiewicz J.S., Nahai E, Zarem H.A. Transconjunctival upper blepharoplasty 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 103. P. 1015-1019.
Jeong S., Lemke B.N., Dortzbach R.K., Park Y.G. et al. The Asian upper eyelid: an anatomical study with comparison to the Caucasian eyelid 11 Arch. Ophthalmol. 1999. Vol. 117. P. 907-912.
Kim P., Berdoukas P., Francis I.C., Coroneo M.T. et al. Kinetic observational exophthalmometry: a simple clinical method of assessing the relative axial positions of the eyes 11 Ophthalmic Surg. Lasers. 2001. Vol. 32. P. 257-259.
Kim J.W., Kikkawa D.O., Lemke B.N. Donor site complications of hard palate mucosal grafting // Ophthalm. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1997. Vol. 13. P. 36-39.
Kim J.W., Lee J.O. Asian blepharoplasty with a short-pulsed contact Nd-YAG laser: limited-incision resectable laser double fold with internal medial and lateral functional epican-thoplasty 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 1998. Vol. 22. P. 433-438.
Lee Y, Kwon S„ Hwang K. Correction о sunken and/or multiply folded upper eyelid by fascia-fat graft 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 15-19.
Lee Y„ Lee E., Park WJ.. Anchor epicanthoplasty combined with out-fold type double eyelidplasty for Asians: do we have to make an additional scar to correct the Asian epicanthal fold? // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105. P. 1872-1880.
Lelli G., Lisman R. Blepharoplasty complications // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2010. Vol. 125. P. 1007-1010.
Leone C., Grove A., Lloyd W„ Wojno T. Atlas of Orbital Surgery. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1992.
Lisman R„ Campbell J. Tarsal suspension canthoplasty// Aes-thet. Surg. J. 1999. Vol. 19. P. 412-424.
Lisman R.D., Campbell J.P. Complications of blepharoplasty// Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2000. Vol. 8. P. 303-327.
Lisman R.D., Spinelli H.M. Soft tissue trauma and orbital fractures. Section VI, No. 2 11 World Atlas Series of Ophthalmic Surgery, Highlights of Ophthalmology I ed. B.F. Boyd. Panama : El Dorado,1995. P. 237-253.
Lisman R.D., Spinelli H.M. Injectible collagen 11 Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery / ed. B.C. Smith. St Louis, MO : C.V. Mosby, 1987. P. 357-361.
Lisman R.D., Spinelli H.M. Orbital adnexal injuries 11 Surgery of Facial Bone Fractures I eds C.A. Foster, J.E. Sherman. New York, NY : Churchill Livingstone, 1987. P. 93-122.
Malbouisson J.M., Baccega A., Cruz A.A. The geometrical basis of the eyelid contour 11 Ophthal. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 16. P. 427-431.
Matsuo K. Stretching of the Mueller muscle results in involuntary contraction of the levator muscle // Ophthal. Plast. Reconstr Surg. 2002. Vol. 18. P. 79-83.
Mommaerts M.Y., De Riu G. Prevention of lid retraction after lower lid blepharoplasties: an overview 11 J. Craniomaxillofac. Surg. 2000. Vol. 28. P. 189-200.
Mulliken J.B., Godwin S.L., Prachanktam N., Altobelli D.E. The concept of the sagittal orbital-globe relationship in craniofacial surgery // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1996. Vol. 97. P. 700-706.
Nesi E, Lisman R., Levine M. Smiths Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. St Louis, MO : C.V. Mosby, 1998.
Nguyen X.C. Guidelines to avoid lid retraction following lower transcutaneous blepharoplasty 11 Int. J. Cosmet. Surg. Aesthetic Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 2. P. 231-233.
Olver J.M., Barnes J.A. Effective small-incision surgery for involutional lower eyelid entropion 11 Ophthalmology. 2000. Vol. 107. P. 1982-1988.
Olver J.M., Sathia P.J., Wright M. Lower eyelid medial canthal tendon laxity grading: an interobserver study of normal subjects 11 Ophthalmology. 2001. Vol. 102. P. 2321-2325.
Papas E. Tear break-up time: clinical procedures and their effects // Ophthalmic Physiol. Opt. 1999. Vol. 19. P. 274-275.
Patel B.C., Patipa M., Anderson R.L., McLeish W. Management of postblepharoplasty lower eyelid retraction with hard palate grafts and lateral tarsal strip 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1997.Vol. 99. P. 1251-1260.
Patipa M. The evaluation and management of lower eyelid retraction following cosmetic surgery // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 106. P. 438-453; discussion 454-459.
Pessa J.E., Zadoo V.P., Adrian E.K. et al. Anatomy of a «black eye»: a newly described fascial system of the lower eyelid 11 Puttermans Cosmetic Oculoplastic Surgery. 2nd ed. I ed. S. Fagien. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1993.
Portno J.E., Spinelli H.M. Penetrating orbital trauma: case report // Oral Surg. 2009. Vol. 2, N 2. P. 99-102.
Rhee S.C., Woo K.S., Kwon B. Biometric study of eyelid shape and dimensions of different races with references to beauty 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 36, N 5. P. 1236-1245.
Reiffel A.J., Cohen B., Spinelli H.M. Browpexy through the upper lid (BUL): a new technique of stabilizing and/or lifting the brow using a standard blepharoplasty incision 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2011. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 163-169.
Rougraff P.M., Tse D.T., Johnson E., Feuer W. Involutional entropion repair with fornix sutures and lateral tarsal strip procedure H Ophthal. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 17. P. 281-287.
Schoenwald R.D., Vidvauns S., Wurster D.E., Barfknecht C.F. The role of tear proteins in tear film stability in the dry eye patient and in the rabbit // Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 1998. Vol. 438. P. 391-400.
Schwartz G.S., Spinelli H.M. The correction of upper eyelid retraction using deep temporal fascia spacer grafts 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 122, N 3. P. 765-774.
Shinohara H„ Taniguchi Y., Kominami R„ Yasutaka S. et al. The lacrimal fascia redefined // Clin. Anat. 2001. Vol. 14. P. 401-405.
Spinelli H.M. Pre-expansion of mucosa-lined flap for lower eyelid reconstruction 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 116, N 5. P. 83-84.
Spinelli H.M. Aesthetic surgery of the lower eyelid 11 J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 2000. Vol. 2. P. 106-107.
Spinelli H.M. Atlas of Aesthetic Eyelid and Periocular Surgery. Philadelphia, PA : Saunders/Elsevier, 2004.
Spinelli H.M., Ali-Salaam P. Reconstruction of the orbit // Surg. Oncol. Clin. N. Am. 1997. Vol. 6. P. 45-69.
Spinelli H.M., Carraway J.H., Grant M.P., Lisman R.D. Panel discussion on «Correction of lower lid laxity» // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2005. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 159-168.
Spinelli H.M., Falcone S., Lee G. Orbital venous approach to the cavernous sinus — an analysis of the facial and orbital venous system // ACTA, Volume of the V International Congress of the International Society of Craniomaxillofacial Surgery. Santiago De Compostela, Bologna : Monduzzi Editore, 1993,1994.
Spinelli H.M., Farris R.L. The tear film 11 Opthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery I eds B. Smith. St Louis, MO : C.V. Mosby, 1987. P. 535-545.
Spinelli H.M., Jelks G.W. Periocular reconstruction — a systematic approach // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1993. Vol. 91, N 6. P. 1017-1024.
Spinelli H.M., Jelks G.W. Periocular reconstruction — a systematic approach 11 Yearbook of Plastic, Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgery I ed. S.H. Miller. St Louis, MO : Mosby-Yearbook, 1994. P. 88-90.
Spinelli H.M., Riou J.P. Lower lid anatomy and aesthetic surgery 11 Am. Acad. Ophthalmol. Focal Points. Clinical Modules for Ophthalmologists. 1995. Vol. 13, N 7. P. 1-10.
Spinelli H.M., Sherman J.E., Smith B„ Lisman R.D. Human bites of the eyelid // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1986. Vol. 75, N 5. P. 610-614.
Spinelli H.M., Newman M.I. Reconstruction of eyelids, correction of ptosis, and canthoplasty. Chapter 39 // Grabb and Smith’s Plastic Surgery. 6th ed. I ed. C.H. Thorne. Philadelphia, PA : Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2006. P. 397-416.
Suzman M.S., Spinelli H.M. Soft-tissue deformities in orbital trauma. Evaluation and repair о medial and lateral canthal injury 11 J. Oper. Tech. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2003. Vol. 8, N 4. P. 249-258.
Swartz K.A., Spinelli H.M. Ptosis 11 Aesthetic Head and Neck: An Operative Atlas I eds S.J. Lin, T.A. Mustoe. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, 2012.
Swartz K.A., Newman M.L, Spinelli H.M. Canthal fixation 11 Aesthetic Head and Neck: An Operative Atlas. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2012.
Swartz K.A., Silich R., Spinelli H.M. Rransconjunctival lower lid blepharoplasty 11 Aesthetic Head and Neck: An Operative Atlas. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2012.
Thale A., Paulsen E, Rochels R., Tillmann B. Functional anatomy of the human efferent tear ducts: a new theory of tear outfow mechanism 11 Graefes Arch. Clin. Exp. Ophthalmol. 1998.Vol. 236. P. 674-678.
Tiffany J.M., Pandit J.C., Bron A.J. Soluble mucin and the physical properties of tears 11 Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 1998. Vol. 438. P. 229-234.
Tsubota K. Tear dynamics and dry eye 11 Prog. Retin. Eye Res. 1998.Vol. 17. P. 565-596.
Ullmann Y, Levi Y, Ben-Izhak O., Har-Shai Y. et al. The surgical anatomy of the fat in the upper eyelid medial compartment 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1997. Vol. 99. P. 658-661.
Van Den Bosch W.A., Leenders I., Mulder P. Topographic anatomy of the eyelids and the effects of sex and age // Br. J. Ophthalmol. 1999. Vol. 83. P. 347-352.
Weber P.J., Wulc A.E., Foster J. Transconjunctival upper blepharoplasty // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 104. P. 2333-2334.
Wesley R.E., Pollard Z.F., McCord C.D. Jr. Superior oblique paresis after blepharoplasty // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1980. Vol. 66. P. 283-286.
Wilhelmi B.J., Mowlavi A., Neumeister M.W. Upper blepharoplasty with bony anatomical landmarks to avoid injury to trochlea and superior oblique muscle tendon with at resection // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 108. P. 2137-2140; discussion 2141-2142.
Wolfort F.G., Vaughan T.E., Wolfort S.F., Nevarre D.R. Retrobulbar hematoma and blepharoplasty 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999.Vol. 104. P. 2154-2162.
Yamamoto H., Morikawa K„ Uchinuma E„ Yamashina S. An anatomical study of the medial canthus using a three dimensional model 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2001. Vol. 25. P. 189-193.
Yip C.C., Choo C.T. The correction of oriental lower lid involutional entropion using the combined procedure 11 Ann. Acad. Med. Singapore. 2000. Vol. 29. P. 463-466.
Olgin J.E., Kalman J.M., Chin М. et al. Electrophysiological effects of long, linear atrial lesions placed under intracardiac ultrasound guidance // Circulation. 1997. Vol. 96, N 8. P. 2715-2721.
Haines D.E. The biophysics of radiofrequency catheter ablation in the heart: the importance of temperature monitoring // Pacing Clin. Electrophysiol. 1993. Vol. 16, N 3. Pt 2. P. 586-591.
Haines D.E., Verow A.E Observations on electrode-tissue interface temperature and effect on electrical impedance during radiofrequency ablation of ventricular myocardium // Circulation. 1990. Vol. 82, N 3. P. 1034-1038.
Lavergne T„ Sebag C., Ollitrault J. et al. [Radiofrequency ablation: physical bases and principles] // Arch. Mai. Coeur Vaiss. 1996. Vol. 89, N 1. P. 57-63.
Proebstle T.M., Alm J., Gockeritz O. et al. European Closure Fast Clinical Study Group. Three-year European follow-up of endovenous radiofrequency-powered segmental thermal ablation of the great saphenous vein with or without treatment of calf varicosities // J. Vase. Surg. 2011. Vol. 54, N 1. P. 146-152.
Dietzek A. Two-Year Follow-Up Data from a Prospective, Multicenter Study of the Efficacy of the ClosureFAST Catheter, 35th Annual Vein Symposium. New York, 2008 November 19.
Proebstle T. ClosureFast Long-Term European Multi-Center Study in Patients with Chronic Venous Insufficiency (CVI). American College of Phlebology 26th Annual Congress. Heidelberg, Germany, 2012 November 15.
Hach-Wunderle V, Hach W. Invasive therapeutic options in truncal varicosity of the great saphenous vein 11 Vasa. 2006. Vol. 35, N3. P. 157-166.
Komenaka I.K., Nguyen E.T. Is there an increased risk for DVT with the VNUS closure procedure? 11 J. Vase. Surg. 2002. Vol. 36, N6. P. 1311.
Proebstle T.M., Sandhofer M„ Kargl A. et al. Thermal damage of the inner vein wall during endovenous laser treatment: key role of energy absorption by intravascular blood 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 7. P. 596-600.
Weiss R.A. Comparison of endovenous radiofrequency versus 810 nm diode laser occlusion of large veins in an animal model 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 1. P. 56-61.
de Medeiros C.A., Luccas G.C. Comparison of endovenous treatment with an 810 nm laser versus conventional stripping of the great saphenous vein in patients with primary varicose veins II Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 12. P. 1685-1694.
Navarro L., Min R.J., Bone C. Endovenous laser: a new minimally invasive method of treatment for varicose veins — preliminary observations using an 810 nm diode laser // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 2. P. 117-122.
Min R.J., Zimmet S.E., Isaacs M.N., Forrestal M.D. Endovenous laser treatment of the incompetent greater saphenous vein //J. Vase. Interv. Radiol. 2001. Vol. 12, N 10. P. 1167-1171.
Min R.J., Khilnani N., Zimmet S.E. Endovenous laser treatment of saphenous vein reflux: long-term results 11 J. Vase. Interv. Radiol. 2003. Vol. 14, N 8. P. 991-996.
Bush R.G. Endovenous treatment of the greater saphenous vein with a 940-nm diode laser: thrombolytic occlusion after endoluminal thermal damage by laser-generated steam bubbles // J. Vase. Surg. 2003. Vol. 37, N 1. P. 242.
Desmyttere J., Grard C., Wassmer B., Mordon S. Endovenous 980-nm laser treatment of saphenous veins in a series of 500 patients 11 J. Vase. Surg. 2007. Vol. 46, N 6. P. 1242-1247.
Proebstle T.M., Lehr H.A., Kargl A. et al. Endovenous treatment of the greater saphenous vein with a 940-nm diode laser: thrombotic occlusion after endoluminal thermal damage by laser-generated steam bubbles 11 J. Vase. Surg. 2002. Vol. 35, N 4. P. 729-736.
Sharif M.A., Soong C.V., Lau L.L., Corvan R. et al. Endovenous laser treatment for long saphenous vein incompetence 11 Br. J. Surg. 2006. Vol. 93, N 7. P. 831-835.
Proebstle T.M., Moehler T., Gill D., Herdemann S. Endovenous treatment of the great saphenous vein using a 1320 nm Nd:YAG laser causes fewer side effects than using a 940 nm diode laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 12. P. 1678-1683.
Hennings T„ Hennings D., Lindsay C. Thrombus formation using endovenous lasers: an in vitro experiment 11 Phlebology. 2013. Vol. 29, N3. P. 1-8.
Chang C.J., Chua J.J. Endovenous laser photocoagulation (EVLP) for varicose veins // Lasers Surg. Med. 2002. Vol. 31, N 4. P. 257-262.
Weiss R., Weiss M., Beasley K. Sclerotharapy and Vein Treatment. 2nd ed. New York, NY : McGraw Hill, 2011. Ch. 21. P. 165.
Pannier E, Rabe E., Maurins U. First results with a new 1470-nm diode laser for endovenous ablation of incompetent saphenous veins 11 Phlebology. 2009. Vol. 24, N 1. P. 26-30.
Almeida J., Mackay E„ Javier J„ Mauriello J. et al. Saphenous laser ablation at 1470 nm targets the vein wall, not blood 11 Vase Endovasc. Surg. 2009. Vol. 43, N 5. P. 467-472.
Vuylsteke M., Van D.J., Roelens J., De B.T. et al. Endovenous laser treatment: a morphological study in an animal model 11 Phlebology. 2009. Vol. 24, N 4. P. 166-175.
Lapid O. Syringe-Delivered tumescent anesthesia made easier 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2011. Vol. 35, N 4. P. 601-602.
Knipp B.S., Blackburn S.A., Bloom J.R. et al.; Michigan Venous Study Group. Endovenous laser ablation: venous outcomes and thrombotic complications are independent of the presence of deep venous insufficiency 11 J. Vase. Surg. 2008. Vol. 48, N 6. P. 1538-1545.
Shepherd A.C., Gohel M.S., Lim C.S., Hamish M. et al. Pain following 980-nm endovenous laser ablation and segmental radiofrequency ablation for varicose veins: a prospective observational study 11 Vase. Endovasc. Surg. 2010. Vol. 44, N 3. P. 212-216.
Shepherd A.C., Gohel M.S., Brown L.C., Metcalfe M.J. et al. Randomized clinical trial of VNUS ClosureFAST radiofrequency ablation versus laser for varicose veins // Br. J. Surg. 2010. Vol. 97, N 6. P. 810-818.
Blattler W., Kreis N., Lun В., Winiger J. et al. Leg symptoms of healthy people and their treatment with compression hosiery // Phlebology. 2008. Vol. 23, N 5. P. 214-221.
Weiss R.A., Heagle C.R., Raymond-Martimbeau P. The Bulletin of the North American Society of Phlebology. Insurance Advisory Committee Report // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 609-616.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A. Resolution of pain associated with varicose and telangiectatic leg veins after compression sclerotherapy// J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 333-336.
Beasley K.L., Weiss R.A. Leg rejuvenation 11 Aesthetic Rejuvenation: A Regional Approach I ed. R.J. Hirsh. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2009. P. 173-189.
Goldman M.P., Bennett R.G. Treatment of telangiectasia: a review// J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 17. P. 167-182.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A. Therapy of telangiectasia and varicose veins and their complications H Textbook of Cosmetic Dermatology I eds R. Baran, H. Maibach. London : Martin Dunitz, 2004. P. 375-384.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A. Painful telangiectasias: diagnosis and treatment 11 Varicose Veins and Telangiectasias: Diagnosis and Treatment. 2nd ed. I eds J.J. Bergan, R.A. Weiss, M.P. Goldman. St Louis, MO : Quality Medical, 1999. P. 389-406.
Goldman M.P., Bergan J.J., Guex J.J. Sclerotherapy, treatment of varicose and telangiectatic leg veins. 4th ed. New York, NY : Elsevier Health Sciences, 2006.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A. Sclerotherapy 11 Cutaneous Surgery I ed. R.G. Wheeland. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1994. P. 951-981.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A. Doppler ultrasound findings in reticular veins of the thigh subdermic lateral venous system and implications for sclerotherapy 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19, N 10. P. 947-951.
Somjen G.M., Ziegenbein R., Johnston A.H., Royle J.P. Anatomical examination of leg telangiectases with duplex scanning 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19, N 10. P. 940-945.
Braverman I.M., Keh-Yen A. Ultrastructure of the human dermal microcirculation. IV. Valve-containing collecting veins at the dermal-subcutaneous junction // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1983. Vol. 81, N5. P. 438-442.
deFaria J.L., Moraes LN. Histopathology of telangiectasias associated with varicose veins 11 Dermatologica. 1963. Vol. 127. P. 321-329.
Thibault P., Bray A., Wlodarczyk J., Lewis W. Cosmetic leg veins: evaluation using duplex venous imaging 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 612-618.
Komsuoglu B., Goldeli O., Kulan K„ Cetinarslan B. et al. Prevalence and risk actors of varicose veins in an elderly population // Gerontology. 1994. Vol. 40, N 1. P. 25-31.
Schultz-Ehrenburg U., Weindorf N., Matthes U., Hirche H. New epidemiological findings with regard to initial stages of varicose veins (Bochum study I—III) И Phlebologie ’92 I eds R.P. Raymond-Martimbeau, R. Prescott, M. Zummo. Paris : John Libbey Eurotext, 1992. P. 234-236.
Cheng L., Lee D. Review of latex allergy // J. Am. Board Fam. Pract. 1999. Vol. 12, N 4. P. 285-292.
Rabe E., Schliephake D., Otto J., Breu F.X. et al. Sclerotherapy of telangiectases and reticular veins: a double-blind, randomized, comparative clinical trial of polidocanol, sodium tetradecyl sulphate and isotonic saline (EASI study) 11 Phlebology. 2010. Vol. 25, N 3. P. 124-131.
Guex J.J. [The treatment of microvarices, varicosities and telangiectasis in 1992] 11 Phlebologie. 1992. Vol. 45. P. 401-404; discussion 405-407.
Guex J.J. Indications for the sclerosing agent polidocanol (aetoxisclerol dexo, aethoxisklerol kreussler) 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 959-961.
Bodian E.L. Sclerotherapy: a personal appraisal 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 156-161.
Sadick N.S. Sclerotherapy of varicose and telangiectatic leg veins. Minimal sclerosant concentration of hypertonic saline and its relationship to vessel diameter 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17. P. 65-70.
Ouvry P.A., Davy A. The sclerotherapy of telangiectasia 11 Phlebology. 1982. Vol. 35. P. 349-359.
Zimmet S.E. The prevention of cutaneous necrosis following extravasation of hypertonic saline and sodium tetradecyl sulfate 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 641-646.
Fegan W.G. Continuing uninterrupted compression technique of injecting varicose veins 11 Proc. R. Soc. Med. 1960. Vol. 53. P. 837-840.
Goldman M.P., Beaudoing D., Marley W., Lopez L. et al. Compression in the treatment of leg telangiectasia: a preliminary report // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 322-325.
Weiss R.A., Sadick N.S., Goldman M.P., Weiss M.A. Post-sde-rotherapy compression: controlled comparative study of duration of compression and its effects on clinical outcome 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 105-108.
Goldman M.P. My sclerotherapy technique for telangiectasia and reticular veins // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, suppl. 2. P. 1040-1045.
Sadick N.S. Hyperosmolar versus detergent sclerosing agents in sclerotherapy. Effect on distal vessel obliteration П J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20, N 5. P. 313-316.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A. Incidence of side effects in the treatment of telangiectasias by compression sclerotherapy: hypertonic saline vs polidocanol // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 800-804.
Sadick N.S., Niedt G.W. A study of estrogen and progesterone receptors in spider telangiectasias of the lower extremities // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 620-623.
Davis L.T., Duffy DM. Determination of incidence and risk factors for postsclerotherapy telangiectatic matting of the lower extremity: a retrospective analysis // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 327-330.
Price V.H., Menefee Е., Sanchez М., Ruane Р. et al. Changes in hair weight and hair count in men with androgenetic alopecia after treatment with finasteride, 1 mg daily 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46. P. 517-543.
Kaufman K.D.; Finasteride Male Pattern Hair Loss Study Group. Long-term (5-year) multinational experience with finasteride 1 mg in the treatment of men with androgenetic alopecia 11 Eur. J. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 12. P. 38-49.
Peytavi U.B., Hillmann K., Dietz E., Canfield D. et al. A randomized, single-blind trial of 5% minoxidil foam once daily versus 2% minoxidil solution twice daily in the treatment of androgenetic alopecia in women // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65. P. 1126-1134.
Messenger A.G., Rundegren J. Minoxidil: mechanisms of action on hair growth 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 150. P. 186-194.
Avram M.R., Cole J.P., Gandelman M. et al. The potential role of minoxidil in the hair transplantation setting // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 894-900.
Leavitt M., Charles G., Heyman E., Michaels D. HairMax LaserComb laser phototherapy device in the treatment of male androgenetic alopecia: a randomized double-blind, sham-device-controlled, multicentre trial 11 Clin. Drug Invest. 2009. Vol. 29. P. 283-292.
Limmer B.L. Elliptical donor stereoscopically assisted micrografting as an approach to further refinement in hair transplantation // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 789-793.
Ahn C.S., Davis S.A., Dabade T.S., Williford P.M. et al. Cosmetic procedures performed in the United States: a 16-year analysis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2013. Vol. 39. P. 1351-1359.
Klein J.A. Tumescent technique for regional anesthesia permits lidocaine doses of 35 mg/kg for liposuction // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 248-263.
Tierney E.P., Kouba D.J., Hanke C.W. Safety of tumescent and laser-assisted liposuction: review of the literature //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10. P. 1363-1369.
Jakubietz R.G., Jakubietz D.F., Gruenert J.G., Schmidt K. et al. Breast reduction by liposuction in females // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2011. Vol. 35. P. 402-407.
Boni R. Tumescent power liposuction in the treatment of the enlarged male breast // Dermatology (Basel). 2006. Vol. 213. P. 140-143.
Choi C.W, Kim B.J., Moon S.E., Youn S.W. et al. Treatment of lipomas assisted with tumescent liposuction // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2007. Vol. 21. P. 243-246.
Chastain M.A., Chastain J.B., Coleman W.P. HIV lipodystrophy: review of the syndrome and report of a case treated with liposuction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 497-500.
Lee D., Cho S.H., Kim Y.C., Park J.H. et al. Tumescent liposuction with dermal curettage for treatment of axillary osmidrosis and hyperhidrosis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 505-511.
Ooi A., Wong C.H., Ong Y.S. Combined use of liposuction and arthroscopic shaver in lower-limb fasciocutaneous flap contouring // J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2013. Vol. 66. P. 538-542.
Hansson E., Manjer J., Svensson H., Brorson H. Quality-of-life in patients with Dercum’s disease-before and after liposuction // J. Plast. Surg. Hand Surg. 2012. Vol. 46. P. 252-256.
Schmeller W, Hueppe M„ Meier-Vollrath I. Tumescent liposuction in lipoedema yields good long-term results 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 166. P. 161-168.
Domanski M.C., Cavale N. Self-reported «worth it» rating of aesthetic surgery in social media 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 36. P. 1292-1295.
Butterwick K.J., Goldman M.P. Body fat analysis before and after liposuction as a means of objectively quantifying response to treatment. Presented at: American Society for Dermatologic Surgery Annual Meeting. Denver, CO, 2000 November.
Svedman K.J., Coldiron B„ Coleman W.P. et al. ASDS guidelines of care for tumescent liposuction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 709-716.
Javo I.M., Sinrlie T. Psychosocial characteristics of young Norwegian women interested in liposuction, breast augmentation, rhinoplasty, and abdominoplasty: a populationbased study // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2010. Vol. 125. P. 1536-1543.
Javo I.M., Pettersen G„ Rosenvinge J.H. et al. Predicting interest in liposuction among women with eating problems: a population-based study // Body Image. 2012. Vol. 9. P. 131-136.
Orlando R., Piccoli P., De Martin S., Padrini R. et al. Cytochrome P450 1A2 is a major determinant of lidocaine metabolism in vivo: effects of liver function 11 Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 2004. Vol. 75. P. 80-88.
Ben Said D., Ben Ali R., Ferchichi H. et al. Lidocanne test for easier and less time consuming assessment of liver function in several hepatic injury models 11 Hepatol. Int. 2011. Vol. 5. P. 941-948.
Luetkemeyer A.F., Havlir D.V., Currier J.S. CROI 2013: complications of HIV disease, viral hepatitis, and antiretroviral therapy 11 Top. Antivir. Med. 2013. Vol. 21. P. 62-74.
Kelley L. Lidotoxic at low lidocaine levels. Presented at: World Congress on Liposuction. Detroit, MI, 2000.
Trussler A.P., Tabbal G.N. Patient safety in plastic surgery // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 130. P. 470e-478e.
Butterwick KJ. Liposuction of the neck // Cosmetic Dermatology: Products and Procedures I ed. Z.D. Draelos. Singapore : Wiley/Blackwell, 2010. P. 463-472.
Jacob C.I., Berkes B.J., Kaminer M.S. Liposuction and surgical recontouring of the neck: a retrospective analysis // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 625-632.
Lillis P.J. Liposuction of the arms // Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 783-797.
Narins R.S. Abdomen: hourglass abdomen, flanks, and modified abdominoplasty // Safe Liposuction and Fat Transfer I ed. R.S. Narins. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 2003. P. 95-120.
Klein J.A. Abdomen 11 Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis : Mosby, 2000. P. 297-324.
Cox S.E. Violin: hips, outer thighs, and buttocks // Safe Liposuction and Fat Transfer / ed. R.S. Narins. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 2003. P. 121-148.
Bernstein G. Liposuction of the thigh // Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 849-863.
Lillis P.J. Liposuction: how aggressive should it be? // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 973-976.
Butterwick K.J. Liposuction of the medial thigh, knee, calf, and ankle 11 Safe Liposuction and Fat Transfer I ed. R.S. Narins. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 2003. P. 149-182.
Cupp MJ. Herbal remedies: adverse effects and drug interactions 11 Am. Fam. Physician. 1999. Vol. 59. P. 1239-1245.
Shiftman M.A. Medications potentially causing lidocaine toxicity// Am. J. Cosmet. Surg. 1998. Vol. 15. P. 227-228.
Klein J.A. Cytochrome P450 3A4 and lidocaine metabolism // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 131-141.
Klein J.A., Kassarjdian N. Lidocaine toxicity with tumescent liposuction. A case report of probable drug interactions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 1169-1174.
Klein J.A. Pharmacology of tumescent technique // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 121-123.
Butterwick K.J. Liposuction: consultation and preoperative considerations 11 Safe Liposuction and Fat Transfer / ed. R.S. Narins. New York, NY: Marcel Dekker, 2003. P. 41-68.
Rohrich R., Fodor P.B., Petry JJ. et al. Preoperative and postoperative management of the body contour patient: a panel discussion 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 1996. Vol. 16. P. 218-223.
Flynn T.C., Narins R.S. Preoperative evaluation of the liposuction patient // Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 729-734.
Klein J.A. The tumescent technique for liposuction surgery 11 Am. J. Cosmet. Surg. 1987. Vol. 4. P. 263-267.
Klein J.A. Pharmacokinetics of tumescent liposuction 11 Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction / ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 141-161.
Klein J.A. Tumescent infiltration technique // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 222-234.
Klein J.A. Tumescent technique for local anesthesia improves safety in large-volume liposuction 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1993.Vol. 92. P. 1085-1098.
Samdal E, Amland P.F., Bugge J.F. Blood loss during liposuction using the tumescent technique 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 1994.Vol. 18. P. 157-160.
Klein J.A. Tumescent technique chronicles. Local anesthesia, liposuction, and beyond // Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 449-457.
Klein J.A. Superwet liposuction and pulmonary edema 11 Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction / ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 61-66.
Ostad A., Kageyama N., Moy R.L. Tumescent anesthesia with a lidocaine dose of 55 mg/kg is safe for liposuction // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 921-927.
Butterwick K.J., Goldman M.P., Sriprachya-Anunt S. Lidocaine levels during the first two hours of infiltration of dilute anesthetic solution for tumescent liposuction: rapid versus slow delivery// Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 681-685.
Butterwick K.J., Goldman M.P. Safety of lidocaine during tumescent anesthesia for liposuction 11 Liposuction / eds C.W. Hanke, G. Sattler. Philadelphia, PA : Elsevier, 2005. P. 33-37.
de Jong R.H., Grazer F.M. «Tumescent» liposuction alert: deaths from lidocaine cardiotoxicity 11 Am. J. Forensic Med. Pathol. 1999. Vol. 20. P. 101.
Danilla S., Fontbona M., de Valdiis VD. et al. Analgesic efficacy of lidocaine for suction-assisted lipectomy with tumescent technique under general anesthesia: a randomized, double-masked, controlled trial 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2013. Vol. 132. P. 327-332.
Matarasso A., Levine S.M. Evidence-based medicine: liposuction // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2013. Vol. 132. P. 1697-1705.
Klein J.A. Anesthetic formulation of tumescent solutions // Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 751-759.
Kaplan B., Moy R.L. Comparison of room temperature and warmed local anesthetic solution for tumescent liposuction. A randomized double-blind study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 707-709.
Robles-Cervantes J.A., Martinez-Molina R„ Cardenas-Camarena L. Heating infiltration solutions used in tumescent liposuction: minimizing surgical risk 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005.Vol. 116. P. 1077-1081.
Klein J.A. Microcannulas // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I eds J.A. Klein ed. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 235-247.
Klein J.A. Surgical technique: microcannular tumescent liposuction II Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I eds J.A. Klein ed. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 248-270.
Hanke W., Cox S.E., Kuznets N., Coleman W.P. 3rd. Tumescent liposuction report performance measurement initiative: national survey results 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 967-977.
Langdon R.C. Liposuction of neck and jowls: five-incision method combining machine-assisted and syringe aspiration 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 388-391.
Klein J.A. Arms // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I eds J.A. Klein ed. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 427-439.
Donofrio L.M. Liposuctions of the arms and back 11 Safe Liposuction and Fat Transfer / ed. R.S. Narins. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 2003. P. 183-196.
Klein J.A. Female hips and back and male flanks // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction / eds J.A. Klein ed. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 342-356.
Lack E.B. Contouring the female buttocks: liposculpting the buttocks // Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 815-822.
Badin A.Z., Moraes L.M., Gondek L., Chiaratti M.G. et al. Laser lipolysis: flaccidity under control // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2002.Vol. 26. P. 335-339.
Badin A.Z., Gondek L.B., Garcia M.J., Valle L.C. et al. Analysis of laser lipolysis effects on human tissue samples obtained from liposuction // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2005. Vol. 29. P. 281-286.
Goldman A., Gotkin R.H. Laser-assisted liposuction 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 36. P. 241-253.
Palm M.D., Goldman M.P. Laser lipolysis: current practices // Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2009. Vol. 28. P. 212-219.
Seckel B.R., Doherty S.T., Childs J.J., Smirnov M.Z. et al. The role of laser tunnels in laser-assisted lipolysis 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 728-737.
Prado A., Andrades P., Danilla S„ Leniz P. et al. A prospective, randomized, double-blind, controlled clinical trial comparing laser-assisted lipoplasty with suction-assisted lipoplasty 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 118. P. 1032-1045.
Woodhall K.E., Saluja R., Khoury J., Goldman M.P. A comparison of three separate clinical studies evaluating the safety and efficacy of laser-assisted lipolysis using 1,064, 1,320 nm, and a combined 1,064/1,320 nm multiplex device // Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 774-778.
Goldman A., Wollina U., de Mundstock E.C. Evaluation of tissue tightening by the subdermal Nd: YAG laser-assisted liposuction versus liposuction alone // J. Cutan. Aesthet. Surg. 2011. Vol. 4. P. 122-128.
DiBernardo B.E., Reyes J. Evaluation of skin tightening after laser-assisted liposuction // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2009. Vol. 29. P. 400-407.
Fakhouri T.M., El Tai A.K., Abrou A., Mehregan D.A. et al. Laser-assisted lipolysis: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 38. P. 155-169.
de Souza Pinto E.B., Abdala P.C., Maciel C.M., dos de Santos EP. et al. Liposuction and VASER 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 2006.Vol. 33. P. 107-115.
Matarasso A. Discussion: a multicenter, prospective, randomized, single-blind, controlled clinical trial comparing VASER-assisted lipoplasty and suction-assisted lipoplasty 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 129. P. 690e-691e.
Nagy M.W., Vanek P.E A multicenter, prospective, randomized, single-blind, controlled clinical trial comparing VASER-assisted lipoplasty and suction-assisted lipoplasty // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 129. P. 681e-689e.
Klein J.A. Critique of ultrasonic liposuction // Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 271-280.
Mulholland R.S. Nonexcisional, minimally invasive rejuvenation of the neck 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 2014. Vol. 41. P. 11-31.
Theodorou S.J., Paresi R.J., Chia C.T. Radiofrequency-assisted liposuction device for body contouring: 97 patients under local anesthesia // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 36. P. 767-779.
Duncan D.I. Improving outcomes in upper arm liposuction: adding radiofrequency-assisted liposuction to induce skin contraction // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2012. Vol. 32. P. 84-95.
Klein J.A. Post-tumescent liposuction care. Open drainage and bimodal compression 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 881-889.
Klein J.A. Postliposuction edema 11 Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 79-87.
Klein J.A. Postliposuction care: open drainage and bimodal compression 11 Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 281-293.
Fulton J.E., Rahimi A.D., Helton P. Modified tumescent liposuction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 755-766.
Butterwick K.J., Tse Y„ Goldman M.P. Effect of external ultrasound postliposuction: a side-to-side comparison study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 433-435.
Draper D.O., Abergel R.P., Castel J.C., Schlaak C. Pulsed shortwave diathermy restricts swelling and bruising of liposuction patients // Am. J. Cosmet. Surg. 2000. Vol. 17. P. 17-20.
Man D., Man B., Plosker H. The influence of permanent magnetic field therapy on wound healing in suction lipectomy patients: a double-blind study 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 104. P. 2261-2266.
Yun P.L., Bruck M., Felsenfeld L„ Katz B.E. Breast enlargement observed after power liposuction: a retrospective review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 165-167.
Hernandez T.L., Kittelson J.M., Law C.K. et al. Fat redistribution following suction lipectomy: defense of body fat and patterns of restoration 11 Obesity (Silver Spring). 2011. Vol. 19. P. 1388-1395.
Benatti Е, Solis М„ Artioli G. et al. Liposuction induces a compensatory increase of visceral fat which is effectively counteracted by physical activity: a randomized trial 11 J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 2012. Vol. 97. P. 2388-2395.
Rohrich R.J., Broughton G„ Horton B., Lipschitz A. et al. The key to long-term success in liposuction: a guide for plastic surgeons and patients 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2004. Vol. 114. P. 1945-1952.
Lawrence N„ Butterwick KJ. Immediate and long-term postoperative care and touch-ups 11 Safe Liposuction and Fat Transfer I ed. R.S. Narins ed. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 2003.P. 329-342.
Newman J., Dolsky R.L. Evaluation of 5,458 cases of liposuction surgery 11 Am. J. Cosmet. Surg. 1984. Vol. 1. P. 25-80.
Bernstein G., Hanke C.W. Safety of liposuction: a review of 9478 cases performed by dermatologists 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1988. Vol. 14. P. 1112-1114.
Teimourian B„ Rogers W.B. A national survey of complications associated with suction lipectomy: a comparative study // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1989. Vol. 84. P. 628-631.
Dillerud E. Suction lipoplasty: a report on complications, undesired results, and patient satisfaction based on 3511 procedures 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1991. Vol. 88. P. 239-246.
Hanke C.W., Bernstein G., Bullock S. Safety of tumescent liposuction in 15,336 patients. National survey results 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 459-462.
Lipoplasty A.T.F.O., Bruner J.C. ASPRS Task Force on Lipoplasty, Bruner J.G. (Chair). 1997 Survey Summary Report. American Society of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgeons. Arlington Heights, IL, 1998.
Jackson R.F., Dolsky R.L. Liposuction and patient safety 11 Am. J. Cosmet. Surg. 1999. Vol. 16. P. 21-23.
Grazer F.M., de Jong R.H. Fatal outcomes from liposuction: census survey of cosmetic surgeons 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105. P. 436-446.
Hughes C.E. Reduction of lipoplasty risks and mortality: an AS APS survey 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2001. Vol. 21. P. 120-127.
Housman T.S., Lawrence N., Mellen B.G. et al. The safety of liposuction: results of a national survey 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 971-978.
Habbema L. Safety of liposuction using exclusively tumescent local anesthesia in 3,240 consecutive cases // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 1728-1735.
Boeni R. Safety of tumescent liposuction under local anesthesia in a series of 4,380 patients 11 Dermatology. 2011. Vol. 222. P. 278-281.
Chia C.T., Theodorou S.J. 1,000 consecutive cases of laser-assisted liposuction and suction-assisted lipectomy managed with local anesthesia 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 36. P. 795-802.
Klein J.A. Risks of systemic anesthesia 11 Tumescent Technique: Tumescent Anesthesia and Microcannular Liposuction I ed. J.A. Klein. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000. P. 32-42.
Platt M.S., Kohler L.J., Ruiz R„ Cohle S.D. et al. Deaths associated with liposuction: case reports and review of the literature // J. Forensic Sci. 2002. Vol. 47. P. 205-207.
Uemura K., Kikuchi Y„ Shintani-Ishida K., Nakajima M. et al. A fatal case of post-operative pulmonary thromboembolism with cosmetic liposuction 11 J. Clin. Forensic Med. 2006. Vol. 13. P. 41-43.
Gilliland M.D., Coates N. Tumescent liposuction complicated by pulmonary edema 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1997. Vol. 99. P. 215-219.
Martinez M.A., Ballesteros S., Segura L.J., Garcia M. Reporting a fatality during tumescent liposuction 11 Forensic Sci. Int. 2008. Vol. 178. P. ell-el6.
Rao R.B., Ely S.F., Hoffman R.S. Deaths related to liposuction 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1999. Vol. 340. P. 1471-1475.
Lehnhardt M., Homann H.H., Daigeler A., Hauser J. et al. Major and lethal complications of liposuction: a review of 72 cases in Germany between 1998 and 2002 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 121. P. 396e-403e.
Starling J., Thosani M.K., Coldiron B.M. Determining the safety of office-based surgery: what 10 years of Florida data and 6 years of Alabama data reveal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N2. P. 171-177.
Zwald F.O., Brown М. Skin cancer in solid organ transplant recipients: advances in therapy and management: part I. Epidemiology of skin cancer in solid organ transplant recipients 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 2. P. 253-261; quiz 62.
Jensen P., Moller B., Hansen S. Skin cancer in kidney and heart transplant recipients and different long-term immunosuppressive therapy regimens 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 42, N2. Pt 1. P. 307.
Winkelhorst J.T., Brokelman W.J., Tiggeler R.G., Wobbes T. Incidence and clinical course of de-novo malignancies in renal allograft recipients // Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 2001. Vol. 27, N 4. P. 409-413.
Euvrard S„ Kanitakis J., Claudy A. Skin cancers after organ transplantation 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2003. Vol. 348, N 17. P. 1681-1691.
Ulrich C„ Schmook T„ Sachse M.M., Sterry W. et al. Comparative epidemiology and pathogenic factors for non-melanoma skin cancer in organ transplant patients // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 2. P. 622-627.
Lindelof B„ Sigurgeirsson B., Gabel H., Stern R.S. Incidence of skin cancer in 5356 patients following organ transplantation 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 143, N 3. P. 513-519.
Penn I. Malignant melanoma in organ allograft recipients // Transplantation. 1996. Vol. 61, N 2. P. 274-278.
Koljonen V, Kukko H„ Tukiainen E. et al. Incidence of Merkel cell carcinoma in renal transplant recipients 11 Nephrol. Dial. Transplant. 2009. Vol. 24, N 10. P. 3231-3235.
McCoppin H.H., Christiansen D., Stasko T. et al. Clinical spectrum of atypical fibroxanthoma and undifferentiated pleomorphic sarcoma in solid organ transplant recipients: a collective experience 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 2. P. 230-239.
Ahmed I., Hamacher K.L. Angiosarcoma in a chronically immunosuppressed renal transplant recipient: report of a case and review of the literature 11 Am. J. Dermatopathol. 2002. Vol. 24, N 4. P. 330-335.
Otley C.C., Stasko T. Skin Disease in Organ Transplantation. New York, NY : Cambridge University Press, 2008.
Euvrard S., Kanitakis J., Decullier E. et al. Subsequent skin cancers in kidney and heart transplant recipients after the first squamous cell carcinoma П Transplantation. 2006. Vol. 81, N8. P. 1093-1100.
Hollenbeak C.S., Todd M.M., Billingsley E.M., Harper G. et al. Increased incidence of melanoma in renal transplantation recipients 11 Cancer. 2005. Vol. 104, N 9. P. 1962-1967.
Brewer J.D., Christenson L.J., Weaver A.L. et al. Malignant melanoma in solid transplant recipients: collection of database cases and comparison with surveillance, epidemiology, and end results data for outcome analysis 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2011.Vol. 147, N 7. P. 790-796.
Euvrard S„ Kanitakis J., Cochat P., Claudy A. Skin cancers following pediatric organ transplantation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 2. P. 616-621.
Penn I. De novo malignancy in pediatric organ transplant recipients //J. Pediatr. Surg. 1994. Vol. 29, N 2. P. 221-226; discussion 227-228.
Terhorst D., Drecoll U., Stockfleth E., Ulrich C. Organ transplant recipients and skin cancer: assessment of risk factors with focus on sun exposure 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 161, suppl. 3. P. 85-89.
Moloney F.J., Comber H., O’Lorcain P., O’Kelly P. et al. A population-based study of skin cancer incidence and prevalence in renal transplant recipients 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 154, N 3. P. 498-504.
Mackenzie K.A., Wells J.E., Lynn K.L. et al. First and subsequent non-melanoma skin cancers: incidence and predictors in a population of New Zealand renal transplant recipients 11 Nephrol. Dial. Transplant. 2010. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 300-306.
Campistol J.M., Eris J., Oberbauer R. et al. Sirolimus therapy after early cyclosporine withdrawal reduces the risk for cancer in adult renal transplantation 11 J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 2006. Vol. 17, N 2. P. 581-589.
Runger T. Ultraviolet light 11 Dermatology / eds J.L. Bolognia, J.L. Jorizzo, J.V. Shaffer: Elselvier, 2012. P. 1455-1465.
Queille S., Luron L., Spatz A. et al. Analysis of skin cancer risk factors in immunosuppressed renal transplant patients shows high levels of UV-specific tandem CC to TT mutations of the p53 gene 11 Carcinogenesis. 2007. Vol. 28, N 3. P. 724-731.
de Graaf Y.G., Rebel H., Elghalbzouri A. et al. More epidermal p53 patches adjacent to skin carcinomas in renal transplant recipients than in immunocompetent patients: the role of az-athioprine 11 Exp. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 17, N 4. P. 349-355.
Stockfleth E„ Nindl I., Sterry W., Ulrich C. et al. Human papillomaviruses in transplant-associated skin cancers // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 604-609.
Dang C., Koehler A., Forschner T. et al. E6/E7 expression of human papillomavirus types in cutaneous squamous cell dysplasia and carcinoma in immunosuppressed organ transplant recipients 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 155, N 1. P. 129-136.
Gutierrez-Dalmau A., Campistol J. Immunosuppressive therapy and malignancy in organ transplant recipients; a systematic review 11 Drugs. 2007. Vol. 67, N 8. P. 1167-1198.
Norman K.G., Canter J.A., Shi M., Milne G.L. et al. Cyclosporine A suppresses keratinocyte cell death through MPTP inhibition in a model for skin cancer in organ transplant recipients // Mitochondrion. 2010. Vol. 10, N 2. P. 94-101.
Thoms K.M., Kuschal C„ Oetjen E. et al. Cyclosporin A, but not everolimus, inhibits DNA repair mediated by calcineurin: implications for tumorigenesis under immunosuppression 11 Exp. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 20, N 3. P. 232-236.
Prashar Y„ Khanna A., Sehajpal P., Sharma VK. et al. Stimulation of transforming growth factor-beta 1 transcription by cyclosporine 11 FEBS Lett. 1995. Vol. 358, N 2. P. 109-112.
Guba M., von Breitenbuch P., Steinbauer M. et al. Rapamycin inhibits primary and metastatic tumor growth by antiangiogenesis: involvement of vascular endothelial growth factor // Nat. Med. 2002. Vol. 8, N 2. P. 128-135.
Shihab F.S., Bennett W.M., Isaac J., Yi H. et al. Nitric oxide modulates vascular endothelial growth factor and receptors in chronic cyclosporine nephrotoxicity 11 Kidney Int. 2003. Vol. 63, N 2. P. 522-533.
Rivera A., Maxwell S.A. The p53-induced gene-6 (proline oxidase) mediates apoptosis through a calcineurin-dependent pathway 11 J. Biol. Chem. 2005. Vol. 280, N 32. P. 29 346-29 354.
Wu X., Nguyen B.C., Dziunycz P. et al. Opposing roles for calcineurin and ATF3 in squamous skin cancer // Nature. 2010. Vol. 465, N 7296. P. 368-372.
Perrett C.M., Walker S.L., O’Donovan P. et al. Azathioprine treatment photosensitizes human skin to ultraviolet A radiation 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 159, N 1. P. 198-204.
O’Donovan R, Perrett C.M., Zhang X. et al. Azathioprine and UVA light generate mutagenic oxidative DNA damage // Science. 2005. Vol. 309, N 5742. P. 1871-1874.
Swann P.F., Waters T.R., Moulton D.C. et al. Role of postrep-licative DNA mismatch repair in the cytotoxic action of thioguanine // Science. 1996. Vol. 273, N 5278. P. 1109-1111.
Harwood C.A., Attard N.R., O’Donovan P. et al. PTCH mutations in basal cell carcinomas from azathioprine-treated organ transplant recipients // Br. J. Cancer. 2008. Vol. 99, N 8. P. 1276-1284.
Hofbauer G.E, Attard N.R., Harwood C.A. et al. Reversal of UVA skin photosensitivity and DNA damage in kidney transplant recipients by replacing azathioprine 11 Am. J. Transplant. 2012. Vol. 12, N 1. P. 218-225.
Epaulard O., Leccia M.T., Blanche S. et al. Phototoxicity and photocarcinogenesis associated with voriconazole // Med. Mai. Infect. 2011. Vol. 41, N 12. P. 639-645.
Brunel A.S., Fraisse T, Lechiche C., Pinzani V. et al. Multifocal squamous cell carcinomas in an HIV-infected patient with a long-term voriconazole therapy 11 AIDS. 2008. Vol. 22, N 7. P. 905-906.
McCarthy K.L., Playford E.G., Looke D.F., Whitby M. Severe photosensitivity causing multifocal squamous cell carcinomas secondary to prolonged voriconazole therapy 11 Clin. Infect. Dis. 2007. Vol. 44, N 5. P. e55-e56.
Vanacker A., Fabre G„ Van Dorpe J., Peetermans W.E. et al. Aggressive cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma associated with prolonged voriconazole therapy in a renal transplant patient // Am. J. Transplant. 2008. Vol. 8, N 4. P. 877-880.
Zwald F.O., Spratt M„ Lemos B.D. et al. Duration of voriconazole exposure: an independent risk factor for skin cancer after lung transplantation // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 8. P. 1369-1374.
Ulrich C., Jurgensen J.S., Degen A. et al. Prevention of non-melanoma skin cancer in organ transplant patients by regular use of a sunscreen: a 24 months, prospective, casecontrol study // Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 161, suppl. 3. P. 78-84.
Christenson L.J., Geusau A., Ferrandiz C. et al. Specialty clinics for the dermatologic care of solid-organ transplant recipients // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 2. P. 598-603.
Otley C.C. Organization of a specialty clinic to optimize the care of organ transplant recipients at risk for skin cancer 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 7. P. 709-712.
O’Reilly F„ Traywick C„ Pennie M.L., Foster J.K. et al. Baseline quality of life and anxiety in solid organ transplant recipients: a pilot study // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 12. P. 1480-1485.
Moloney F.J., Keane S., O’Kelly P., Conlon P.J. et al. The impact of skin disease following renal transplantation on quality of life II Br. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 153, N 3. P. 574-578.
Ulrich C. Topical treatment of field cancerization 11 Cancer Treat. Res. 2009. Vol. 146. P. 439-446.
Eaglsterin W.H., Weinstien G.D., Frost P. Fluorouracil: mechanisms of action in human skin and actinic keratoses. I. Effect on DNA synthesis in vivo 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1970. Vol. 101. P. 132-139.
Tsai E., Zackheim H., Kim Y. Topical and intralesional chemotherapeutic agents 11 Comprehensive Dermatologic Drug Therapy. 2nd ed. I ed. S. Wolverton. Philadelphia, PA : Elsevier, 2007. P. 643-653.
Perrett C.M., McGregor J.M., Warwick J. et al. Treatment of post-transplant premalignant skin disease: a randomized intrapatient comparative study of 5-fluorouracil cream and topical photodynamic therapy // Br. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 156, N 2. P. 320-328.
Pearlman D.L. Weekly pulse dosing: effective and comfortable topical 5-fluorouracil treatment of multiple facial actinic keratoses 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 25, N 4. P. 665-657.
Ritchie S.A., Patel M.J., Miller SJ. Therapeutic options to decrease actinic keratosis and squamous cell carcinoma incidence and progression in solid organ transplant recipients: a practical approach 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 10. P. 1604-1621.
Sauder D.N. Immunomodulatory and pharmacologic properties of imiquimod // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43, N 1. Pt 2. P. S6-S11.
Ito T, Amakawa R„ Kaisho T. et al. Interferon-alpha and interleukin-12 are induced differentially by Toll-like receptor 7 ligands in human blood dendritic cell subsets H J. Exp. Med. 2002. Vol. 195, N 11. P. 1507-1512.
Kovach B.T., Stasko T. Use of topical immunomodulators in organ transplant recipients 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2005. Vol. 18, Nl.P. 19-27.
Ulrich C., Busch J.O., Meyer T. et al. Successful treatment of multiple actinic keratoses in organ transplant patients with topical 5% imiquimod: a report of six cases 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 155, N 2. P. 451-454.
Smith K.J., Germain M., Skelton H. Squamous cell carcinoma in situ (Bowen’s disease) in renal transplant patients treated with 5% imiquimod and 5% 5-fluorouracil therapy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 6. P. 561-564.
Rosen R.H., Gupta A.K., Tyring S.K. Dual mechanism of action of ingenol mebutate gel for topical treatment of actinic keratoses: rapid lesion necrosis followed by lesion-specific immune response // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 3. P. 486-493.
Lebwohl M., Swanson N., Lawrence A.L., Melgaard A. et al. Ingenol mebutate gel for actinic keratosis 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2012.Vol. 366. P. 1010-1019.
Peng Q., Soler A.M., Warloe T, Nesland J.M. et al. Selective distribution of porphyrins in skin thick basal cell carcinoma after topical application of methyl 5-aminolevulinate 11 J. Photochem. Photobiol. B. 2001. Vol. 62, N 3. P. 140-145.
Dragieva G., Prinz B.M., Hafner J. et al. A randomized controlled clinical trial of topical photodynamic therapy with methyl aminolaevulinate in the treatment of actinic keratoses in transplant recipients 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 151, N 1. P. 196-200.
Piaserico S., Belloni Fortina A., Rigotti P. et al. Topical photodynamic therapy of actinic keratosis in renal transplant recipients // Transplant. Proc. 2007. Vol. 39, N 6. P. 1847-1850.
Willey A., Mehta S., Lee P.K. Reduction in the incidence of squamous cell carcinoma in solid organ transplant recipients treated with cyclic photodynamic therapy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 5. P. 652-658.
Guleng G.E., Helsing P. Photodynamic therapy for basal cell carcinomas in organ-transplant recipients 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 37, N 4. P. 367-369.
Chen K„ Craig J.C., Shumack S. Oral retinoids for the prevention of skin cancers in solid organ transplant recipients: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 152, N 3. P. 518-523.
Schule R., Rangarajan P., Yang N. et al. Retinoic acid is a negative regulator of AP-1-responsive genes // Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 1991. Vol. 88, N 14. P. 6092-6096.
Hansen L.A., Sigman C.C., Andreola E, Ross S.A. et al. Retinoids in chemoprevention and differentiation therapy // Carcinogenesis. 2000. Vol. 21, N 7. P. 1271-1279.
Wright T.I., Spencer J.M., Flowers F.P. Chemoprevention of non-melanoma skin cancer 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 6. P. 933-946; quiz 47-50.
Otley C.C., Berg D„ Ulrich C. et al. Reduction of immunosuppression for transplant-associated skin cancer: expert consensus survey 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 154, N 3. P. 395-400.
Kovach B.T., Sams H.H., Stasko T. Systemic strategies for chemoprevention of skin cancers in transplant recipients 11 Clin. Transplant. 2005. Vol. 19, N 6. P. 726-734.
Buettner P.G., Raasch В.А. Incidence rates of skin cancer in Townsville, Australia 11 Int. J. Cancer. 1998. Vol. 78. P. 587-593.
Palme C.E., MacKay S.G., Kalnins I., Morgan G.J. et al. The need for a better prognostic staging system in patients with metastatic cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck // Curr. Opin. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 2007. Vol. 15. P. 103-106.
Diepgen T.L. The costs of skin disease 11 Eur. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 16. P. 456-460.
Lomas A., Leonardi-Bee J., Bath-Hextall F.A. Systematic review of worldwide incidence of nonmelanoma skin cancer 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 166. P. 1069-1080.
John Chen G., Yelverton C.B., Polisetty S.S. et al. Treatment patterns and cost of nonmelanoma skin cancer management // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 1266-1271.
Jemal A., Siegel R., Ward E., Murray T. et al. Cancer statistics 11 CA Cancer J. Clin. 2007. Vol. 57. P. 43-66.
Talmi Y.P. Problems in the current TNM staging of non- melanoma skin cancer of the head and neck 11 Head Neck. 2007. Vol. 29. P. 525-527.
WHO. Solar ultraviolet radiation: global burden of disease from solar ultraviolet radiation. URL: http://www.who. int/uv/ publications/solaradgbd/en/index.html. (date of access January 12, 2013)
Miller D.L., Weinstock M.A. Nonmelanoma skin cancer in the United States: incidence // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 30. P. 774-778.
American Cancer Society cancer facts and figures 2010.
Hannuksela-Svahn A., Pukkala E„ Karvonen J. Basal cell skin carcinoma and other nonmelanoma skin cancers in Finland from 1956 through 1995 // Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135. P. 781-786.
Green A., Battistutta D., Hart V, Leslie D. et al. Skin cancer in a subtropical Australian population: incidence and lack of association with occupation. The Nambour Study Group // Am. J. Epidemiol. 1996. Vol. 144. P. 1034-1040.
Chuang T.Y., Popescu A., Su W.P., Chute C.G. Basal cell carcinoma. A population-based incidence study in Rochester, Minnesota // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 22. P. 413-417.
Scotto J., Fears T.R., Fraumeni J.E Jr. Incidence of Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer in the United States in Collaboration with Fred Hutchinson. Bethesda, MD : National Cancer Institute, 1983.
Christenson L.J., Borrowman T.A., Vachon C.M. Incidence of basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas in a population younger than 40 years 11 JAMA. 2005. Vol. 294. P. 681-690.
Vitasa B.C., Taylor H.R., Strickland P.T. et al. Association of nonmelanoma skin cancer and actinic keratosis with cumulative solar ultraviolet exposure in Maryland watermen // Cancer. 1990. Vol. 65. P. 2811-2817.
Van Dam R.M., Huang Z., Rimm E.B. et al. Risk factors for basal cell carcinoma of the skin in men: results from the health professionals follow-up study // Am. J. Epidemiol. 1999. Vol. 150. P. 459-468.
Zanetti R., Rosso S., Martinez C. et al. Comparison of risk patterns in carcinoma and melanoma of the skin in men: a multicentre case-case-control study 11 Br. J. Cancer. 2006. Vol. 94. P. 743-751.
Boyd A.S., Shyr Y, King L.E. Jr. Basal cell carcinoma in young women: an evaluation of the association of tanning bed use and smoking // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46. P. 706-709.
Karagas M.R., Tosteson T.D., Blum J., Morris J.S. et al. Design of an epidemiologic study of drinking water arsenic exposure and skin and bladder cancer risk in a U.S. population // Environ. Health Perspect. 1998. Vol. 106, suppl. 4. P. 1047-1050.
Tao S.S., Bolger P.M. Dietary arsenic intakes in the United States: FDA total diet study, September 1991-December 1996 11 Food Addit. Contam. 1999. Vol. 16. P. 465-472.
Boonchai W., Green A., Ng J., Dicker A. et al. Basal cell carcinoma in chronic arsenicism occurring in Queensland, Australia, after ingestion of an asthma medication // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43. P. 664-669.
Ron E„ Modan B., Preston D., Alfandary E. et al. Radiation-induced skin carcinomas of the head and neck // Radiat. Res. 1991. Vol. 125. P. 318-325.
Lichter M.D., Karagas M.R., Mott L.A., Spencer S.K. et al. Therapeutic ionizing radiation and the incidence of basal cell carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma. The New Hampshire Skin Cancer Study Group // Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136. P. 1007-1011.
Karagas M.R., McDonald J.A., Greenberg E.R. et al. Risk of basal cell and squamous cell skin cancers after ionizing radiation therapy. For The Skin Cancer Prevention Study Group // J. Natl Cancer Inst. 1996. Vol. 88. P. 1848-1853.
Ramsay H.M., Fryer A.A., Hawley C.M., Smith A.G. et al. Factors associated with nonmelanoma skin cancer following renal transplantation in Queensland, Australia 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 49. P. 397-406.
Euvrard S., Kanitakis J., Claudy A. Skin cancers after organ transplantation // N. Engl. J. Med. 2003. Vol. 348. P. 1681— 1691.
Gudbjartsson D.F., Sulem P., Stacey S.N. et al. ASIP and TYR pigmentation variants associate with cutaneous melanoma and basal cell carcinoma 11 Nat. Genet. 2008. Vol. 40. P. 886-891.
Ferrucci L.M., Cartmel B., Molinaro A.M., Leffell DJ. et al. Indoor tanning and risk of early-onset basal cell carcinoma 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67, N 4. P. 552-562. doi: 10.1016/j.jaad.2011.11.940.
Milin T., Verkasalo P.K., Kaprio J., Koskenvuo M. Lifestyle differences in twin pairs discordant for basal cell carcinoma of the skin 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 149. P. 115-123.
Fine J.D., Johnson L.B., Weiner M., Li K.P. et al. Epidermolysis bullosa and the risk of life-threatening cancers: the National EB Registry experience, 1986-2006 //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009.Vol. 60. P. 203-211.
Vitasa B.C., Taylor H.R., Strickland P.T. et al. Association of nonmelanoma skin cancer and actinic keratosis with cumulative solar ultraviolet exposure in Maryland watermen 11 Cancer. 1990. Vol. 65. P. 2811-2817.
Boyd A.S., Shyr Y, King L.E. Jr. Basal cell carcinoma in young women: an evaluation of the association of tanning bed use and smoking 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46. P. 706-709.
Kricker A., Armstrong B.K., English D.R., Heenan P.J. Does intermittent sun exposure cause basal cell carcinoma? a case-control study in Western Australia // Int. J. Cancer. 1995. Vol. 60. P. 489-494.
Gallagher R.P., Hill G.B., Bajdik C.D. et al. Sunlight exposure, pigmentary factors, and risk of nonmelanocytic skin cancer. Basal cell carcinoma // Arch. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 131. P. 157-163.
Stacey S.N., Gudbjartsson D.F., Sulem P. et al. Common variants on lp36 and lq42 are associated with cutaneous basal cell carcinoma but not with melanoma or pigmentation traits // Nat. Genet. 2008. Vol. 40. P. 1313-1318.
Rafnar T., Sulem P., Stacey S.N. et al. Sequence variants at the TERT-CLPTM1 L locus associate with many cancer types 11 Nat. Genet. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 221-227.
Stacey S.N., Sulem P., Masson G. et al. New common variants affecting susceptibility to basal cell carcinoma 11 Nat. Genet. 2009.Vol. 41. P. 909-914.
Stacey S.N., Sulem P„ Jonasdottir A. et al. A germline variant in the TP53 polyadenylation signal confers cancer susceptibility// Nat. Genet. 2011. Vol. 43. P. 1098-1103.
Welsh M.M., Applebaum K.M., Spencer S.K., Perry A.E. et al. CTLA4 variants, UV-induced tolerance, and risk of non-melanoma skin cancer 11 Cancer Res. 2009. Vol. 69. P. 6158-6163.
Howell J.B., Caro M.R. The basal-cell nevus: its relationship to multiple cutaneous cancers and associated anomalies of development 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1959. Vol. 79. P. 67-77; discussion 77-80.
Gorlin R.J., Goltz R.W. Multiple nevoid basal-cell epithelioma, jaw cysts and bifid rib. A syndrome 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1960. Vol. 262. P. 908-912.
Hahn H„ Wicking C., Zaphiropoulous P.G. et al. Mutations of the human homolog of drosophila patched in the nevoid basal cell carcinoma syndrome // Cell. 1996. Vol. 85. P. 841-851.
Johnson R.L., Rothman A.L., Xie J. et al. Human homolog of patched, a candidate gene for the basal cell nevus syndrome 11 Science. 1996. Vol. 272. P. 1668-1671.
Li C., Chi S., Xie J. Hedgehog signaling in skin cancers 11 Cell. Signal. 2011. Vol. 23. P. 1235-1243.
Kudchadkar R„ Lewis K., Gonzalez R. Advances in the treatment of basal cell carcinoma: hedgehog inhibitors 11 Semin. Oncol. 2012. Vol. 39. P. 139-144.
Lum L., Beachy Р.А. The hedgehog response network: sensors, switches, and routers // Science. 2004. Vol. 304. P. 1755-1759.
Rohatgi R., Scott M.P. Patching the gaps in Hedgehog signalling // Nat. Cell Biol. 2007. Vol. 9. P. 1005-1009.
Varjosalo M., Taipale J. Hedgehog signaling 11 J. Cell Sci. 2007. Vol. 120. P. 3-6.
Bonifas J.M., Pennypacker S., Chuang P.T. et al. Activation of expression of hedgehog target genes in basal cell carcinomas // J. Invest. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 116. P. 739-742.
Booth D.R. The hedgehog signalling pathway and its role in basal cell carcinoma 11 Cancer Metastasis Rev. 1999. Vol. 18. P. 261-284.
Dahmane N. Activation of the transcription factor Glil and the Sonic hedgehog signalling pathway in skin tumours // Nature. 1997. Vol. 389. P. 876-881.
Eichberger T. FOXE1, a new transcriptional target of GLI2 is expressed in human epidermis and basal cell carcinoma // J. Invest. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 122. P. 1180-1187.
Green J. Basal cell carcinoma development is associated with induction of the expression of the transcription factor Gli-111 Br. J. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 139. P. 911-915.
Wicking C., Smyth I., Bale A. The hedgehog signalling pathway in tumorigenesis and development 11 Oncogene. 1999. Vol. 18. P. 7844-7851.
Duman-Scheel M., Weng L., Xin S., Du W. Hedgehog regulates cell growth and proliferation by inducing Cyclin D and Cyclin E11 Nature. 2002. Vol. 417. P. 299-304.
Gailani M.R. The role of the human homologue of Drosophila patched in sporadic basal cell carcinomas 11 Nat. Genet. 1996. Vol. 14. P. 78-81.
Wolter M. Mutations in the human homologue of the Drosophila segment polarity gene patched (PTCH) in sporadic basal cell carcinomas of the skin and primitive neuroectodermal tumors of the central nervous system 11 Cancer Res. 1997.Vol. 57. P. 2581-2585.
Zhang H. Role of PTCH and p53 genes in early-onset basal cell carcinoma // Am. J. Pathol. 2001. Vol. 158. P. 381-385.
Xie J. Activating Smoothened mutations in sporadic basal-cell carcinoma 11 Nature. 1998. Vol. 391. P. 90-92.
Jin Y. The reciprocal translocation t(9;16)(q22;pl3) is a primary chromosome abnormality in basal cell carcinomas 11 Cancer Res. 1997. Vol. 57. P. 404-406.
Smyth I. Isolation and characterization of human patched 2 (PTCH2), a putative tumour suppressor gene in basal cell carcinoma and medulloblastoma on chromosome 1р32 11 Hum. Mol. Genet. 1999. Vol. 8. P. 291-297.
Motoyama J. Ptch2, a second mouse Patched gene is co-expressed with Sonic hedgehog 11 Nat. Genet. 1998. Vol. 18. P. 104-106.
Vabres P„ De Prost Y. Bazex-Dupre-Christol syndrome: a possible diagnosis for basal cell carcinomas, coarse sparse hair, and milia // Am. J. Med. Genet. 1993. Vol. 45. P. 786.
Michaelsson G., Olsson E., Westermark P. The Rombo syndrome: a familial disorder with vermiculate atrophoderma, milia, hypotrichosis, trichoepitheliomas, basal cell carcinomas and peripheral vasodilation with cyanosis 11 Acta Derm. Venereol. 1981. Vol. 61. P. 497-503.
Makitie O., Pukkala E., Teppo L„ Kaitila I. Increased incidence of cancer in patients with cartilage-hair hypoplasia 11 J. Pediatr. 1999. Vol. 134. P. 315-318.
Kraemer K.H., Patronas N.J., Schiffmann R., Brooks B.P. et al. Xeroderma pigmentosum, trichothiodystrophy and Cockayne syndrome: a complex genotype-phenotype relationship 11 Neuroscience. 2007. Vol. 145. P. 1388-1396.
Kasper M„ Jaks V, Hohl D., Toftgard R. Basal cell carcinoma — molecular biology and potential new therapies // J. Clin. Invest. 2012. Vol. 122. P. 455-463.
Adolphe C., Hetherington R„ Ellis T, Wainwright B. Patchedl functions as a gatekeeper by promoting cell cycle progression 11 Cancer Res. 2006. Vol. 66. P. 2081-2088.
El-Bahrawy M„ El-Masry N., Alison M., Poulsom R. et al. Expression of beta-catenin in basal cell carcinoma 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 148. P. 964-970.
Yang S.H., Andi T., Grachtchouk V. et al. Pathological responses to oncogenic Hedgehog signaling in skin are dependent on canonical Wnt/beta3-catenin signaling 11 Nat. Genet. 2008. Vol. 40. P. 1130-1135.
Kasper M„ Schnidar H., Neill G.W et al. Selective modulation of Hedgehog/GLI target gene expression by epidermal growth factor signaling in human keratinocytes // Mol. Cell. Biol. 2006. Vol. 26. P. 6283-6298.
Schnidar H„ Eberl M„ Klingler S. et al. Epidermal growth factor receptor signaling synergizes with Hedgehog/GLI in oncogenic transformation via activation of the MEK/ERK/ JUN pathway 11 Cancer Res. 2009. Vol. 69. P. 1284-1292.
Kwasniak L.A., Garcia-Zuazaga J. Basal cell carcinoma: evidence-based medicine and review of treatment modalities 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 50. P. 645-658.
Soehnge H., Ouhtit A., Ananthaswamy O.N. Mechanisms of induction of skin cancer by UV radiation 11 Front. Biosci. 1997. Vol. 2. P. 538-551.
Wang G.Y., Wang J., Mancianti M.-L., Epstein E.H. Jr. Basal cell carcinomas arise from hair follicle stem cells in Ptchl(+/-) mice // Cancer Cell. 2011. Vol. 19. P. 114-124.
Sneddon J.B., Zhen H.H., Montgomery K. et al. Bone morphogenetic protein antagonist gremlin 1 is widely expressed by cancer-associated stromal cells and can promote tumor cell proliferation 11 Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 2006. Vol. 103. P. 14842-14847.
Epstein E.H. Basal cell carcinomas: attack of the hedgehog 11 Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2008. Vol. 8. P. 743-754.
Batra R.S., Kelley L.C. Predictors of extensive subclinical spread in nonmelanoma skin cancer treated with Mohs micrographic surgery // Arch. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 138. P. 1043-1051.
Walling H.W, Fosko S.W., Geraminejad P.A., Whitaker D.C. et al. Aggressive basal cell carcinoma: presentation, pathogenesis, and management 11 Cancer Metastasis Rev. 2004. Vol. 23. P. 389-402.
Miller S.J., Alam M., Andersen J. et al. Basal cell and squamous cell skin cancers // J. Natl Compr. Cane. Netw. 2010. Vol. 8. P. 836-864.
NCCN Practice Guidelines in Oncology — v.1.2010: Basal cell and squamous cell skin cancers. URL: http://www.nccn.org.
Kwan W., Wilson D., Moravan V. Radiotherapy for locally advanced basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas of the skin 11 Int. J. Radiat. Oncol. Biol. Phys. 2004. Vol. 60. P. 406-411.
Telfer N.R., Colver G.B., Morton C.A. Guidelines for the management of basal cell carcinoma 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 159. P. 35-48.
Mills WA. Regulatory consideration in radiation protection 11 Health Phys. 1985. Vol. 48. P. 701-704.
Loncaster J., Swindell R., Slevin E, Sheridan L. et al. Efficacy of photodynamic therapy as a treatment for Gorlin syndrome-related basal cell carcinomas // Clin. Oncol. 2009. Vol. 21. P. 502-508.
Thissen M.R., Neumann M.H., Schouten L.J. A systematic review of treatment modalities for primary basal cell carcinomas // Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135. P. 1177-1183.
Bath-Hextall F.J., Perkins W, Bong J., Williams H.C. Interventions for basal cell carcinoma of the skin // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2007. Vol. 1. URL: http://onlinelibrary. wiley. com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD003412.pub2/abstract.
Binns W, James L.F., Shupe J.L., Everett G.A. Congenital cy-clopian-type malformation in lambs induced by maternal ingestion of a range plant, veratrum californicum // Am. J. Vet. Res. 1963. Vol. 24. P. 1164-1175.
Chen J.K., Taipale J„ Cooper M.K., Beachy P.A. Inhibition of Hedgehog signaling by direct binding of cyclopamine to Smoothened 11 Genes Dev. 2002. Vol. 16. P. 2743-2748.
Athar M., Li C., Tang X. et al. Inhibition of smoothened signaling prevents ultraviolet В-induced basal cell carcinomas through regulation of Fas expression and apoptosis 11 Cancer Res. 2004. Vol. 64. P. 7545-7552.
Tabs S., Avci O. Induction of the differentiation and apoptosis of tumor cells in vivo with efficiency and selectivity // Eur. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 14. P. 96-102.
Tremblay M.R., Nevalainen M„ Nair SJ. et al. Semisynthet-iccyclopamine analogues as potent and orally bioavailable hedgehog pathway antagonists //J. Med. Chem. 2008. Vol. 51. P. 6646-6649.
Von Hoff D.D., LoRusso P.M., Rudin C.M. et al. Inhibition of the hedgehog pathway in advanced basal-cell carcinoma 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2009. Vol. 361. P. 1164-1172.
LoRusso P.M., Rudin C.M., Reddy J.C. et al. Phase I trial of hedgehog pathway inhibitor vismodegib (GDC-0449) in patients with refractory, locally advanced or metastatic solid tumors 11 Clin. Cancer Res. 2011. Vol. 17. P. 2502-2511.
Sekulic A., Migden M.R., Oro A.E. et al. CO14. A pivotal study evaluating efficacy and safety of the hedgehog pathway inhibitor (HPI) vismodegib (GDC-0449) in patients with locally advanced (la) or metastatic (m) basal cell carcinoma (BCC) 11 Melanoma Res. 2011. Vol. 21. P. e9.
Sekulic A., Migden M.R., Oro A.E. et al. Efficacy and safety of vismodegib in advanced basal-cell carcinoma 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2012. Vol. 366. P. 2171-2179.
Chang A.L., Oro A.E. Initial assessment of tumor regrowth after vismodegib in advanced basal cell carcinoma 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148. P. 1324-1325.
Chang A.L., Atwood S.X., Tartar D.M., Oro A.E. Surgical excision after neoadjuvant therapy with vismodegib for a locally advanced basal cell carcinoma and resistant basal carcinomas in Gorlin syndrome 11 JAMA Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 149. P. 639-641.
Hutchin M.E., Kariapper M.S., Grachtchouk M. et al. Sustained Hedgehog signaling is required for basal cell carcinoma proliferation and survival: conditional skin tumorigen-esis recapitulates the hair growth cycle 11 Genes Dev. 2005. Vol. 19. P. 214-223.
Skvara H., Kalthoff E, Meingassner J.G. et al. Topical treatment of basal cell carcinomas in nevoid Basal cell carcinoma syndrome with a smoothened inhibitor 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 131. P. 1735-1744.
Buonamici S., Williams J., Morrissey M. et al. Interfering with resistance to smoothened antagonists by inhibition of the PI3 К pathway in medulloblastoma 11 Sci. Transl. Med. 2010.Vol. 2. P. 51ra70.
Dijkgraaf G.J., Alicke B., Weinmann L. et al. Small molecule inhibition of GDC-0449 refractory smoothened mutants and downstream mechanisms of drug resistance // Cancer Res. 2011. Vol. 71. P. 435-444.
Kim J., Tang J.Y., Gong R. et al. Itraconazole, a commonly used antifungal that inhibits Hedgehog pathway activity and cancer growth 11 Cancer Cell. 2010. Vol. 17. P. 388-399.
Tang J.Y., Mackay-Wiggan J.M., Aszterbaum M. et al. Inhibiting the hedgehog pathway in patients with the basal-cell nevus syndrome 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2012. Vol. 366. P. 2180-2188.
Hall J.M., Bell M.L., Finger T.E. Disruption of sonic hedgehog signaling alters growth and patterning of lingual taste papillae 11 Dev. Biol. 2003. Vol. 255. P. 263-277.
St-Jacques B., Dassule H.R., Karavanova I. et al. Sonic hedgehog signaling is essential for hair development 11 Curr. Biol. 1998.Vol. 8. P. 1058-1068.
Lauth M., Bergstrom A., Shimokawa T, Toftgard R. Inhibition of GLI-mediated transcription and tumor cell growth by small-molecule antagonists 11 Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 2007. Vol. 104. P. 8455-8460.
Hyman J.M., Firestone A.J., Heine VM. et al. Small-molecule inhibitors reveal multiple strategies for Hedgehog pathway blockade // Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 2009. Vol. 106. P. 14 132-14 137.
Beauchamp E.M., Ringer L., Bulut G. et al. Arsenic trioxide inhibits human cancer cell growth and tumor development in mice by blocking Hedgehog/GLI pathway //J. Clin. Invest. 2011.Vol. 121. P. 148-160.
Kim ]., Lee J.J., Kim J., Gardner D. et al. Arsenic antagonizes the Hedgehog pathway by preventing ciliary accumulation and reducing stability of the Gli2 transcriptional effector // Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 2010. Vol. 107. P. 13 432-13 437.
Salehi Z., Mashayekhi E, Shahosseini F. Significance of eIF4E expression in skin squamous cell carcinoma 11 Cell Biol. Int. 2007. Vol. 31. P. 1400-1404.
Johnson T.M., Rowe D.E., Nelson B.R., Swanson N.A. Squamous cell carcinoma of the skin (excluding lip and oral mucosa) 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 26. P. 467-484.
Alam M., Ratner D. Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2001. Vol. 344. P. 975-983.
Holme S.A., Malinovszky K„ Roberts D.L. Changing trends in non-melanoma skin cancer in South Wales, 1988-98 // Br. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 143. P. 1224-1229.
Veness MJ. Defining patients with high-risk cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma 11 Australas J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 47. P. 28-33.
Hampton T. Skin cancers ranks rise: immunosuppression to blame 11 JAMA. 2005. Vol. 294. P. 1476-1480.
Venessa M. Advanced non melanoma skin cancers of the head and neck: an overview on management 11 Cancer Forum. 2006. Vol. 30. P. 195-201.
Rowe D.E., Carroll R.J., Day C.L. Jr. Prognostic factors for local recurrence, metastasis, and survival rates in squamous cell carcinoma of the skin, ear, and lip. Implications for treatment modality selection 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 26. P. 976-990.
Moore B.A., Weber R.S., Prieto V. et al. Lymph node metastases from cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck// Laryngoscope. 2005. Vol. 115. P. 1561-1567.
Urbach F. Geographic distribution of skin cancer 11 J. Surg. Oncol. 1971. Vol. 3. P. 219-234.
Staples M„ Marks R., Giles G. Trends in the incidence of nonmelanocytic skin cancer (NMSC) treated in Australia 1985-1995: are primary prevention programs starting to have an effect? 11 Int. J. Cancer. 1998. Vol. 78. P. 144-148.
Euvrard S., Kanitakis J., Pouteil-Noble C. et al. Comparative epidemiologic study of premalignant and malignant epithelial cutaneous lesions developing after kidney and heart transplantation // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 33. P. 222-229.
Hartevelt M.M., Bavinck J.N., Kootte A.M., Vermeer B. J. et al. Incidence of skin cancer after renal trans- plantation in The Netherlands 11 Transplantation. 1990. Vol. 49. P. 506-509.
Lanza R.P., Cooper D.K., Cassidy M.J., Barnard C.N. Malignant neoplasms occurring after cardiac transplantation 11 JAMA. 1983. Vol. 249. P. 1746-1748.
Penn I. Tumors after renal and cardiac transplantation // He-matol. Oncol. Clin. North Am. 1993. Vol. 7. P. 431-445.
Bernstein D., Baum D., Berry G. et al. Neoplastic disorders after pediatric heart transplantation // Circulation. 1993. Vol. 88. P. 230-237.
Pollard J.D., Hanasono M.M., Mikulec A.A., Le Q.T. et al. Head and neck cancer in cardiothoracic transplant recipients // Laryngoscope. 2000. Vol. ПО. P. 1257-1261.
Gourin C.G., Terris D.J. Head and neck cancer in transplant recipients 11 Curr. Opin. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 2004. Vol. 12. P. 122-126.
Penn I. Cancers in renal transplant recipients // Adv. Ren. Replace Ther. 2000. Vol. 7. P. 147-156.
Jensen P. Hansen S„ Moller B. et al. Skin cancer in kidney and heart transplant recipients and different long-term immunosuppressive therapy regimens 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 40. P. 177-186.
Fearon E.R., Vogelstein B. A genetic model for colorectal tumorigenesis 11 Cell. 1990. Vol. 61. P. 759-767.
Ratushny V, Gober M.D., Hick R., Ridky T.W et al. From keratinocyte to cancer: the pathogenesis and modeling of cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma 11 J. Clin. Invest. 2012.Vol. 122. P. 464-472.
Brash D.E., Rudolph J.A., Simon J.A. et al. A role for sunlight in skin cancer: UV-induced p53 mutations in squamous cell carcinoma // Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 1991. Vol. 88. P. 10 124-10 128.
Jiang W, Ananthaswamy H.N., Muller H.K., Kripke M.L. p53 protects against skin cancer induction by UV-B radiation 11 Oncogene. 1999. Vol. 18. P. 4247-4253.
Kubo Y, Urano Y., Yoshimoto K. et al. p53 gene mutations in human skin cancers and precancerous lesions: comparison with immunohistochemical analysis // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1994.Vol. 102. P. 440-444.
Ziegler A., Jonason A.S., Leffell DJ. et al. Sunburn and p53 in the onset of skin cancer // Nature. 1994. Vol. 372. P. 773-776.
Nelson M.A., Einspahr J.G., Alberts D.S. et al. Analysis of the p53 gene in human precancerous actinic keratosis lesions and squamous cell cancers // Cancer Lett. 1994. Vol. 85. P. 23-29.
Kolev V, Mandinova A., Guinea-Viniegra J. et al. EGFR signalling as a negative regulator of Notch 1 gene transcription and function in proliferating keratinocytes and cancer 11 Nat. Cell Biol. 2008. Vol. 10. P. 902-911.
Zhao L., Li W„ Marshall C. et al. Srcasm inhibits Fyn-in-duced cutaneous carcinogenesis with modulation of Notch 1 and p53 11 Cancer Res. 2009. Vol. 69. P. 9439-9447.
Pierceall W.E., Goldberg L.H., Tainsky M.A., Muk-hopadhyay T. et al. Ras gene mutation and amplification in human nonmelanoma skin cancers // Mol. Carcinog. 1991. Vol. 4. P. 196-202.
Spencer J.M., Kahn S.M., Jiang W, DeLeo V.A. et al. Activated ras genes occur in human actinic keratoses, premalignant precursors to squamous cell carcinomas 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1995.Vol. 131. P. 796-800.
Boukamp P. Non-melanoma skin cancer: what drives tumor development and progression? 11 Carcinogenesis. 2005. Vol. 26. P. 1657-1667.
Khavari P.A. Modelling cancer in human skin tissue 11 Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2006. Vol. 6. P. 270-280.
Ridky T.W., Chow J.M., Wong D.J., Khavari P.A. Invasive threedimensional organotypic neoplasia from multiple normal human epithelia // Nat. Med. 2010. Vol. 16. P. 1450-1455.
Dajee M., Lazarov M., Zhang J.Y. et al. NF-kappaB blockade and oncogenic Ras trigger invasive human epidermal neoplasia 11 Nature. 2003. Vol. 421. P. 639-643.
Rowe D.E., Carroll R.J., Day C.L. Jr. Prognostic factors for local recurrence, metastasis, and survival rates in squamous cell carcinoma of the skin, ear, and lip. Implications for treatment modality selection // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 26. P. 976-990.
Leibovitch L, Huilgol S.C., Selva D., Hill D. et al. Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma treated with Mohs micro-graphic surgery in Australia I. Experience over 10 years 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 53. P. 253-260.
Jambusaria-Pahlajani A., Hess S.D., Katz K.A., Berg D. et al. Uncertainty in the perioperative management of high-risk cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma among Mohs surgeons 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 146. P. 1225-1231.
Sandulache V.C., Ow T.J., Daram S.P. et al. Residual nodal disease in patients with advanced-stage oropharyngeal squamous cell carcinoma treated with definitive radiation therapy and posttreatment neck dissection: association with locoregional recurrence, distant metastasis, and decreased survival // Head Neck. 2012. Vol. 35. P. 1454-1460. doi: 10.1002/hed. 23173.
Veness M., Richards S. Role of modern radiotherapy in treating skin cancer 11 Australas J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 44. P. 159-166; quiz 167-168.
Bonner J.A., Harari P.M., Giralt J. et al. Radiotherapy plus cetuximab for squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck // N. Engl. J. Med. 2006. Vol. 354. P. 567-578.
Loeffler J.S., Larson D.A., Clark J.R., Weichselbaum R.R. et al. Treatment of perineural metastasis from squamous carcinoma of the skin with aggressive combination chemotherapy and irradiation 11 J. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 29. P. 181-183.
Fujisawa Y, Umebayashi Y„ Ichikawa E., Kawachi Y. et al. Chemoradiation using low-dose cisplatin and 5-fluorouracil in locally advanced squamous cell carcinoma of the skin: a report of two cases 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 55. P. S81-S85.
Ley J., Mehan P„ Wildes T.M. et al. Cisplatin versus cetuximab given concurrently with definitive radiation therapy for locally advanced head and neck squamous cell carcinoma // Oncology. 2013. Vol. 85. P. 290-296.
DeConti R.C. Chemotherapy of squamous cell carcinoma of the skin 11 Semin. Oncol. 2012. Vol. 39. P. 145-149.
Sadek H., Azli N., Wendling J.L. et al. Treatment of advanced squamous cell carcinoma of the skin with cisplatin, 5-fluoro-uracil, and bleomycin 11 Cancer. 1990. Vol. 66. P. 1692-1696.
Shin D.M., Glisson B.S., Khuri F.R. et al. Phase II and biologic study of interferon alfa, retinoic acid, and cisplatin in advanced squamous skin cancer 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2002. Vol. 20. P. 364-370.
Guthrie TH. Jr, McElveen L.J., Porubsky E.S., Harmon J.D. Cisplatin and doxorubicin. An effective chemotherapy combination in the treatment of advanced basal cell and squamous carcinoma of the skin 11 Cancer. 1985. Vol. 55. P. 1629-1632.
Brewster A.M., Lee J.J., Clayman G.L. et al. Randomized trial of adjuvant 13-cis-retinoic acid and interferon alfa for patients with aggressive skin squamous cell carcinoma // J. Clin. Oncol. 2007. Vol. 25. P. 1974-1978.
Lemos B„ Nghiem P. Merkel cell carcinoma: more deaths but still no pathway to blame 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 127. P. 2100-2103.
Alter M., Satzger L, Mattern A., Kapp A. et al. Treatment of advanced cutaneous squamous cell carcinomas with epidermal growth factor receptor inhibitors // Dermatology. 2013. Vol. 227. P. 289-294. doi: 10.1159/000355181.
Maubec E„ Petrow P„ Scheer-Senyarich I. et al. Phase II study of cetuximab as first-line single-drug therapy in patients with unresectable squamous cell carcinoma of the skin // J. Clin. Oncol. 2011. Vol. 29. P. 3419-3426.
Wollina U. Cetuximab in non-melanoma skin cancer 11 Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 2012. Vol. 12. P. 949-956.
Habl G., Potthoff K„ Haefner M.F. et al. Differentiation of irradiation and cetuximab induced skin reactions in patients with locally advanced head and neck cancer undergoing radioimmunotherapy: the HICARE protocol (head and neck cancer: immunochemo and radiotherapy with erbitux) — a multicenter phase IV trial // BMC Cancer. 2013. Vol. 13. P. 345.
O’Bryan K.W, Sherman W.H., Niedt G.W, Taback B. et al. An evolving paradigm for the work-up and management of very high risk cutaneous squamous cell carcinomas 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 69, N 4. P. 595-602.
Psyrri A., Seiwert T.Y., Jimeno A. Molecular pathways in head and neck cancer 11 Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. Educ. Book. 2013.P. 246-255. doi: 10.1200/EdBook_AM.2013.33.246
Albores-Saavedra J. Merkel cell carcinoma demographics, morphology, and survival based on 3870 cases: a population based study 11 J. Cutan. Pathol. 2010. Vol. 37. P. 20-27.
Hodgson N.C. Merkel cell carcinoma: changing incidence trends 11 J. Surg. Oncol. 2005. Vol. 89. P. 1-4.
Hitchcock C.L., Bland K.I., Laney R.G. 3rd, Franzini D. et al. Neuroendocrine (Merkel cell) carcinoma of the skin. Its natural history, diagnosis, and treatment 11 Ann. Surg. 1988. Vol. 207. P. 201-207.
Engels E.A., Frisch M„ Goedert J.J., Biggar RJ. et al. Merkel cell carcinoma and HIV infection 11 Lancet. 2002. Vol. 359. P. 497-498.
Busam K.J., Jungbluth A.A., Rekthman N. et al. Merkel cell polyomavirus expression in Merkel cell carcinomas and its absence in combined tumors and pulmonary neuroendocrine carcinomas 11 Am. J. Surg. Pathol. 2009. Vol. 33. P. 1378-1385.
Howard R.A. Merkel cell carcinoma and multiple primary cancers 11 Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. 2006. Vol. 15. P. 1545-1549.
Kaae J. Merkel cell carcinoma: incidence, mortality, and risk of other cancers 11 J. Natl Cancer Inst. 2010. Vol. 102. P. 793-801.
Heath M., Jaimes N„ Lemos B. et al. Clinical characteristics of Merkel cell carcinoma at diagnosis in 195 patients: the AEIOU features 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 58. P. 375-381.
Lemos B.D., Storer B.E., Iyer J.G. et al. Pathologic nodal evaluation improves prognostic accuracy in Merkel cell carcinoma: analysis of 5823 cases as the basis of the first consensus staging system 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63. P. 751-761.
Wang T.S., Byrne P.J., Jacobs L.K., Taube J.M. Merkel cell carcinoma: update and review 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2011. Vol. 30. P. 48-56.
Miller R.W., Rabkin C.S. Merkel cell carcinoma and melanoma: etiological similarities and differences 11 Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. 1999. Vol. 8. P. 153-158.
Lunder E.J., Stern R.S. Merkel-cell carcinomas in patients treated with methoxsalen and ultraviolet A radiation // N. Engl. J. Med. 1998. Vol. 339. P. 1247-1248.
Van Gele M. Mutation analysis of P73 and TP53 in Merkel cell carcinoma 11 Br. J. Cancer. 2000. Vol. 82. P. 823-826.
Feng H., Shuda M., Chang Y, Moore P.S. Clonal integration of a polyomavirus in human Merkel cell carcinoma 11 Science. 2008. Vol. 319. P. 1096-1100.
Sastre-Garau X., Peter M., Avril M.F. et al. Merkel cell carcinoma of the skin: pathological and molecular evidence for a causative role of MCV in oncogenesis 11 J. Pathol. 2009. Vol. 218. P. 48-56.
Shuda M., Feng H., Kwun H.J. et al. T antigen mutations are a human tumor-specific signature for Merkel cell polyomavirus // Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 2008. Vol. 105. P. 16 272-16 277.
Kassem A., Schopflin A., Diaz C. et al. Frequent detection of Merkel cell polyomavirus in human Merkel cell carcinomas and identification of a unique deletion in the VP1 gene 11 Cancer Res. 2008. Vol. 68. P. 5009-5013.
Schrama D„ Peitsch W.K., Zapatka M. et al. Merkel cell polyomavirus status is not associated with clinical course of Merkel cell carcinoma // J. Invest. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 131. P. 1631- 1638.
Sihto H., Kukko H„ Koljonen V, Sankila R. et al. Clinical factors associated with Merkel cell polyomavirus infection in Merkel cell carcinoma 11 J. Natl Cancer Inst. 2009. Vol. 101. P. 938-945.
Kassem A., Technau K„ Kurz A.K. et al. Merkel cell polyomavirus sequences are frequently detected in nonmelanoma skin cancer of immunosuppressed patients // Int. J. Cancer. 2009.Vol. 125. P. 356-361.
Rollison D.E., Giuliano A.R., Messina J.L. et al. Case-control study of Merkel cell polyomavirus infection and cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma 11 Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. 2012. Vol. 21. P. 74-81.
Murakami M., Imajoh M., Ikawa T. et al. Presence of Merkel cell polyomavirus in Japanese cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma // J. Clin. Virol. 2011. Vol. 50. P. 37-41.
Dworkin A.M., Tseng S.Y., Allain D.C., Iwenofu O.H. et al. Merkel cell polyomavirus in cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma of immunocompetent individuals 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 129. P. 2868-2874.
Foulongne V, Dereure O., Kluger N., Moles J.P. et al. Merkel cell polyomavirus DNA detection in lesional and nonlesional skin from patients with Merkel cell carcinoma or other skin diseases // Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 162. P. 59-63.
Bhatia K„ Goedert J.J., Modali R., Preiss L. et al. Merkel cell carcinoma subgroups by Merkel cell polyomavirus DNA relative abundance and oncogene expression 11 Int. J. Cancer. 2010.Vol. 126. P. 2240-2246.
Handschel J., Muller D., Depprich R.A. et al. The new polyomavirus (MCPyV) does not affect the clinical course in MCCs // Int. J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. 2010. Vol. 39. P. 1086-1090.
Miller S.J., Alam M., Andersen J. et al. Merkel cell carcinoma 11 J. Natl Compr. Cane. Netw. 2009. Vol. 7. P. 322-332.
Gupta S.G., Wang L.C., Penas P.F., Gellenthin M. et al. Sentinel lymph node biopsy for evaluation and treatment of patients with Merkel cell carcinoma: the Dana-Farber experience and meta-analysis of the literature 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 142. P. 685-690.
Lewis K.G., Weinstock M.A., Weaver A.L., Otley C.C. Adjuvant local irradiation for Merkel cell carcinoma 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 142. P. 693-700.
Mojica P., Smith D„ Ellenhorn J.D. Adjuvant radiation therapy is associated with improved survival in Merkel cell carcinoma of the skin 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2007. Vol. 25. P. 1043-1047.
Veness M., Foote M., Gebski V, Poulsen M. The role of radiotherapy alone in patients with Merkel cell carcinoma: reporting the Australian experience of 43 patients 11 Int. J. Radiat. Oncol. Biol. Phys. 2010. Vol. 78. P. 703-709.
Pape E„ Rezvoy N., Penel N. et al. Radiotherapy alone for Merkel cell carcinoma: a comparative and retrospective study of 25 patients 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65. P. 983-990.
Garneski K.M., Nghiem P. Merkel cell carcinoma adjuvant therapy: current data support radiation but not chemotherapy 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 57. P. 166-169.
Voog E„ Biron P„ Martin J.-P., Blay J.-Y. Chemotherapy for patients with locally advanced or metastatic Merkel cell carcinoma 11 Cancer. 1999. Vol. 85. P. 2589-2595.
Gloster H.M. Jr. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 35. P. 355-374; quiz 375-376.
Criscione V.D., Weinstock M.A. Descriptive epidemiology of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans in the United States, 1973 to 2002 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56. P. 968-973.
Rouhani P„ Fletcher C.D., Devesa S.S., Toro J.R. Cutaneous soft tissue sarcoma incidence patterns in the U.S.: an analysis of 12,114 cases 11 Cancer. 2008. Vol. 113. P. 616-627.
Chang C.K., Jacobs LA., Salti G.I. Outcomes of surgery for dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 341-345.
Kransdorf MJ. Malignant soft-tissue tumors in a large referral population: distribution of diagnoses by age, sex, and location II AJR Am. J. Roentgenol. 1995. Vol. 164. P. 129-134.
Laskin WB. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // CA Cancer J. Clin. 1992. Vol. 42. P. 116-125.
Rutgers E.J., Kroon B.B., Albus-Lutter C.E., Gortzak E. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: treatment and prognosis 11 Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 241-248.
Lindner N., Scarborough M., Powell G. Revision surgery in dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans of the trunk and extremities 11 Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 392-397.
Fiore M., Miceli R., Mussi C. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans treated at a single institution: a surgical disease with a high cure rate // J. Clin. Oncol. 2005. Vol. 23. P. 7669-7675.
Haycox C.L., Odland P.B., Olbricht S.M., Piepkorn M. Immunohistochemical characterization of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans with practical applications for diagnosis and treatment 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37. P. 438-444.
Simon M.P., Pedeutour E, Sirvent N. et al. Deregulation of the platelet-derived growth factor В-chain gene via fusion with collagen gene COL1A1 in dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans and giant-cell fibroblastoma П Nat. Genet. 1997. Vol. 15. P. 95-98.
Sjoblom T., Shimizu A., O’Brien K.P. et al. Growth inhibition of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans tumors by the platelet-derived growth factor receptor antagonist STI571 through induction of apoptosis 11 Cancer Res. 2001. Vol. 61. P. 5778-5783.
McArthur G.A. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: a surgical disease with a molecular savior 11 Curr. Opin. Oncol. 2006. Vol. 18. P. 341-346.
Kiuru-Kuhlefelt S., El-Rifai W, Fanburg-Smith J. et al. Concomitant DNA copy number amplification at 17q and 22q in dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 Cytogenet. Cell Genet. 2001.Vol. 92. P. 192-195.
Patel K.U., Szabo S.S., Hernandez VS. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans COL1A1-PDGFB fusion is identified in virtually all dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans cases when investigated by newly developed multiplex reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction and fluorescence in situ hybridization assays 11 Hum. Pathol. 2008. Vol. 39. P. 184-193.
National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines. URL: www.nccn.org.
DuBay D., Cimmino V, Lowe L., Johnson T.M. et al. Low recurrence rate after surgery for dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: a multidisciplinary approach from a single institution // Cancer. 2004. Vol. 100. P. 1008-1016.
Farma J.M., Ammori J.B., Zager J.S. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: how wide should we resect? // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2010. Vol. 17. P. 2112-2118.
Cai H., Wang Y, Wu J., Shi Y. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: clinical diagnoses and treatment results of 260 cases in China // J. Surg. Oncol. 2012. Vol. 105. P. 142-148.
Mentzel T., Beham A., Katenkamp D., Dei Tos A.P. et al. Fibrosarcomatous («high-grade») dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: clinicopathologic and immunohistochemical study of a series of 41 cases with emphasis on prognostic significance 11 Am. J. Surg. Pathol. 1998. Vol. 22. P. 576-587.
Fields R.C., Hameed M„ Qin L.X. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans (DFSP): predictors of recurrence and the use of systemic therapy 11 Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2011. Vol. 18. P. 328-336.
Gloster H.M. Jr, Harris K.R., Roenigk R.K. A comparison between Mohs micrographic surgery and wide surgical excision for the treatment of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 35. P. 82-87.
Snow S.N., Gordon E.M., Larson P.O., Bagheri M.M. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: a report on 29 patients treated by Mohs micrographic surgery with long-term follow-up and review of the literature // Cancer. 2004. Vol. 101. P. 28-38.
Wacker J., Khan-Durani B., Hartschuh W. Modified Mohs micrographic surgery in the therapy of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: analysis of 22 patients // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2004. Vol. 11. P. 438-444.
Nouri K., Lodha R., Jimenez G„ Robins P. Mohs micrographic surgery for dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: university of Miami and NYU experience 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 1060-1064; discussion 1064.
Robinson J.K. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans resected by Mohs’ surgery (chemosurgery). A 5-year prospective study// J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1985. Vol. 12. P. 1093-1098.
Ratner D., Thomas C.O., Johnson T.M. et al. Mohs micrographic surgery for the treatment of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans. Results of a multiinstitutional series with an analysis of the extent of microscopic spread // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37. P. 600-613.
Haycox C.L., Odland P.B., Olbricht S.M., Casey B. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans (DFSP): growth characteristics based on tumor modeling and a review of cases treated with Mohs micrographic surgery 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1997. Vol. 38. P. 246-251.
Nelson R.A., Arlette J.P. Mohs micrographic surgery and dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: a multidisciplinary approach in 44 patients // Ann. Plast. Surg. 2008. Vol. 60. P. 667-672.
Lemm D., Miigge L.-O., Mentzel T„ Hoffken K. Current treatment options in dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // J. Cancer Res. Clin. Oncol. 2009. Vol. 135. P. 653-665.
Suit H., Spiro I., Mankin H.J., Efird J., Rosenberg A.E. Radiation in management of patients with dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // J. Clin. Oncol. 1996. Vol. 14. P. 2365-2369.
Ballo M.T., Zagars G.K., Pisters P„ Pollack A. The role of radiation therapy in the management of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 Int. J. Radiat. Oncol. Biol. Phys. 1998. Vol. 40. P. 823-827.
Sun L.M., Wang C.J., Huang C.C. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: treatment results of 35 cases // Radiother. Oncol. 2000. Vol. 57. P. 175-181.
Haas R.L., Keus R.B., Loftus B.M., Rutgers E.J. et al. The role of radiotherapy in the local management of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans. Soft Tissue Tumours Working Group // Eur. J. Cancer. 1997. Vol. 33. P. 1055-1060.
Dagan R., Morris C.G., Zlotecki R.A., Scarborough M.T. et al. Radiotherapy in the treatment of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 Am. J. Clin. Oncol. 2005. Vol. 28. P. 537-539.
Mavili M.E., Gursu K.G., Gokoz A. Dermatofibrosarcoma with lymph node involvement // Ann. Plast. Surg. 1994. Vol. 32. P. 438-440.
Lal P., Sharma R., Mohan H., Sekhon M.S. Dermatofiosar-coma protuberans metastasizing to lymph nodes: a case report and review of literature 11 J. Surg. Oncol. 1999. Vol. 72. P. 178-180.
Connelly J.H., Evans H.L. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans. A clinicopathologic review with emphasis on fibrosarcomatous areas 11 Am. J. Surg. Pathol. 1992. Vol. 16. P. 921-925.
Westermann G.W., Buerger H., Kappes U, Matzkies F. et al. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans with lung metastasis in a patient with progressive systemic sclerosis 11 South. Med. J. 2002.Vol. 95. P. 363-365.
Maki R.G., Awan R.A., Dixon R.H., Jhanwar S. et al. Differential sensitivity to imatinib of 2 patients with metastatic sarcoma arising from dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // Int. J. Cancer. 2002. Vol. 100. P. 623-626.
Rutkowski P., Van Glabbeke M., Rankin C.J. et al. Imatinib mesylate in advanced dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: pooled analysis of two phase II clinical trials 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2010.Vol. 28. P. 1772-1779.
Labropoulos S.V., Fletcher J.A., Oliveira A.M., Papadopoulos S. et al. Sustained complete remission of metastatic dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans with imatinib mesylate 11 Anticancer Drugs. 2005. Vol. 16. P. 461-466.
Abbott J.J., Erickson-Johnson M„ Wang X., Nascimento A.G. et al. Gains of COL1A1-PDGFB genomic copies occur in fibrosarcomatous transformation of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 Mod. Pathol. 2006. Vol. 19. P. 1512-1518.
Wang J., Morimitsu Y, Okamoto S. et al. COL1A1-PDG-FB fusion transcripts in fibrosarcomatous areas of six dermatofibrosarcomas protuberans // J. Mol. Diagn. 2000. Vol. 2. P. 47-52.
Kerob D., Pedeutour E, Leboeuf C. et al. Value of cytogenetic analysis in the treatment of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2008. Vol. 26. P. 1757-1759.
McArthur G.A., Demetri G.D., van Oosterom A. et al. Molecular and clinical analysis of locally advanced dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans treated with imatinib: Imatinib Target Exploration Consortium Study B2225 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2005. Vol. 23. P. 866-873.
Mizutani K., Tamada Y„ Hara K. et al. Imatinib mesylate inhibits the growth of metastatic lung lesions in a patient with dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // Br. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 151. P. 235-237.
Rubin B.P., Schuetze S.M., Eary J.F. et al. Molecular targeting of platelet-derived growth factor В by imatinib mesylate in a patient with metastatic dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // J. Clin. Oncol. 2002. Vol. 20. P. 3586-3591.
Lemm D., Muegge L.O., Hoeffken K. et al. Remission with Imatinib mesylate treatment in a patient with initially un-resectable dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans — a case report 11 Oral Maxillofac. Surg. 2008. Vol. 12. P. 209-213.
Savoia P., Ortoncelli M., Quaglino P., Bernengo M.G. Imatinib mesylate in the treatment of a large unresectable dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: a case study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 1097-1102.
Wright T.I., Petersen J.E. Treatment of recurrent dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans with imatinib mesylate, followed by Mohs micrographic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 741-744.
Price V.E., Fletcher J.A., Zielenska M. et al. Imatinib mesylate: an attractive alternative in young children with large, surgically challenging dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans // Pedi-atr. Blood Cancer. 2005. Vol. 44. P. 511-515.
Han A, Chen E.H., Niedt G„ Sherman W. et al. Neoadjuvant imatinib therapy for dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 145. P. 792-796.
Kerob D., Porcher R., Verola O. et al. Imatinib mesylate as a preoperative therapy in dermatofibrosarcoma: results of a multicenter phase II study on 25 patients 11 Clin. Cancer Res. 2010. Vol. 16. P. 3288-3295.
Liu L.S., Colegio O.R. Molecularly targeted therapies for nonmelanoma skin cancers 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 52. P. 654-665.
Siegel R., Naishadham D., Jemal A. Cancer statistics // CA Cancer J Clin. 2012. Vol. 62, N 1. P. 10-29.
Bailey E.C., Sober A.J., Tsao H., Mihm M.C. Jr et al. Cutaneous melanoma // Fitzpatrick’s Dermatology in General Medicine. 8th ed. I eds L.A. Goldsmith, S.I. Katz, B.A. Gilchrest, A.S. Paller et al. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2008.
Coit D.G., Andtbacka R„ Anker C.J. et al. Melanoma // J. Natl Compr. Cane. Netw. 2012. Vol. 10, N 3. P. 366-400.
Bichakjian C.K., Halpern A.C., Johnson T.M. et al. Guidelines of care for the management of primary cutaneous melanoma. American Academy of Dermatology 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 5. P. 1032-1047.
Karimipour D.J., Schwartz J.L., Wang T.S. et al. Microstaging accuracy after subtotal incisional biopsy of cutaneous melanoma // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 52, N 5. P. 798-802.
Ross M.I. Excision of primary melanoma 11 Cutaneous Melanoma. 5th ed. / eds C.M. Balch, A.N. Houghton, AJ. Sober, S.J. Soong. St Louis, MO : Quality Medical Publishing, 2009. P. 251.
Veronesi U., Cascinelli N. Narrow excision (1-cm margin). A safe procedure for thin cutaneous melanoma // Arch. Surg. 1991. Vol. 126, N 4. P. 438-441.
Veronesi U., Cascinelli N„ Adamus J. et al. Thin stage I primary cutaneous malignant melanoma. Comparison of excision with margins of 1 or 3 cm // N. Engl. J. Med. 1988. Vol. 318, N 18. P. 1159-1162.
Balch C.M., Urist M.M., Karakousis C.P. et al. Efficacy of 2-cm surgical margins for intermediate-thickness melanomas (1 to 4 mm). Results of a multi-institutional randomized surgical trial 11 Ann. Surg. 1993. Vol. 218, N 3. P. 262-267; discussion 267-269.
Karakousis C.P., Balch C.M., Urist M.M., Ross M.M. et al. Local recurrence in malignant melanoma: long-term results of the multiinstitutional randomized surgical trial 11 Ann. Surg. Oncol. 1996. Vol. 3, N 5. P. 446-452.
Balch C.M., Soong S.J., Smith T. et al. Long-term results of a prospective surgical trial comparing 2 cm vs 4 cm excision margins for 740 patients with 1-4 mm melanomas // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2001. Vol. 8, N 2. P. 101-108.
Pasquali S., Haydu L.E., Scolyer R.A. et al. The importance of adequate primary tumor excision margins and sentinel node biopsy in achieving optimal locoregional control for patients with thick primary melanomas 11 Ann. Surg. 2013. Vol. 258, N 1. P. 152-157.
Thomas J.M., Newton-Bishop J., A’Hern R. et al. Excision margins in high-risk malignant melanoma 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2004. Vol. 350, N 8. P. 757-766.
Krown S.E., Chapman P.B. Defining adequate surgery for primary melanoma 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2004. Vol. 350, N 8. P. 823-825.
Khayat D., Rixe O., Martin G. et al. Surgical margins in cutaneous melanoma (2 cm versus 5 cm for lesions measuring less than 2.1-mm thick) 11 Cancer. 2003. Vol. 97, N 8. P. 1941-1946.
Cohn-Cedermark G., Rutqvist L.E., Andersson R. et al. Long term results of a randomized study by the Swedish melanoma study group on 2-cm versus 5-cm resection margins for patients with cutaneous melanoma with a tumor thickness of 0.8-2.0 mm // Cancer. 2000. Vol. 89, N 7. P. 1495-1501.
Johnson T.M., Sondak V.K. Melanoma margins: the importance and need for more evidence-based trials 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N 9. P. 1148-1150.
Kunishige J.H., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. Surgical margins for melanoma in situ 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 3. P. 438-444.
Thompson J.F, Kam P.C. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN clinical practice guidelines in oncology (NCCN guidelines): melanoma; Version v4.2014. Isolated limb infusion for melanoma: a simple but effective alternative to isolated limb perfusion // J. Surg. Oncol. 2004. Vol. 88, N 1. P. 1-3.
Quinn M.J., Crotty K.A., Thompson J.F., Coates A.S. et al. Desmoplastic and desmoplastic neurotropic melanoma: experience with 280 patients // Cancer. 1998. Vol. 83, N 6. P.1128-1135.
Cohen L.M., MCall M.W., Zax R.H. Mohs micrograhic surgery for lentigo maligna and lentigo maligna melanoma. A follow-up study// Dermatol. Surg. 1998. Vol. 24. P. 673-677.
Clayton B.D., Leshin B., Hitchcock M.G., Marks M. et al. Utility of rush paraffiedded tangential sections in the management of cutaneous neoplasms 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 671-678.
Bhardwaj S.S., Tope W.D., Lee P.K. Mohs micrographic surgery for lentigo maligna and lentigo maligna melanoma using Mel-5 immunostaining: University of Minnesota experience // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 690-696.
Garrison M., Nathanson L. Prognosis and staging in melanoma // Semin. Oncol. 1996. Vol. 23, N 6. P. 725-733.
Slingluff C.L. Jr, Stidham K.R., Ricci W.M., Stanley W.E. et al. Surgical management of regional lymph nodes in patients with melanoma. Experience with 4682 patients 11 Ann. Surg. 1994. Vol. 219, N 2. P. 120-123.
Morton D.L., Wen D.R., Wong J.H. et al. Technical details of intraoperative lymphatic mapping for early stage melanoma II Arch. Surg. 1992. Vol. 127, N 4. P. 392-399.
Morton D.L., Cochran A.J., Thompson J.F. et al. Sentinel node biopsy for early-stage melanoma: accuracy and morbidity in MSLT-I, an international multicenter trial // Ann. Surg. 2005. Vol. 242, N 3. P. 302-311; discussion 311-313.
Stebbins W.G., Garibyan L., Sober A.J. Sentinel lymph node biopsy and melanoma: 2010 update part I // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 62, N 5. P. 723-734; quiz 735-736.
Balch C.M., Buzaid A.C., Soong S.J. et al. Final version of the American Joint Committee on Cancer staging system for cutaneous melanoma 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2001. Vol. 19, N 16. P. 3635-3648.
Balch C.M., Soong S.J., Gershenwald J.E. et al. Prognostic factors analysis of 17 600 melanoma patients: validation of the American Joint Committee on Cancer melanoma staging system // J. Clin. Oncol. 2001. Vol. 19, N 16. P. 3622-3634.
Reintgen M., Murray L„ Akman K. et al. Evidence for a better nodal staging system for melanoma: the clinical relevance of metastatic disease confined to the sentinel lymph nodes // J. Surg. Oncol. 2013. Vol. 20. P. 668-674.
Nowecki Z.I., Rutkowski P„ Michej W. The survival benefit to patients with positive sentinel node melanoma after completion lymph node dissection may be limited to the subgroup with a primary lesion breslow thickness greater than 1.0 and less than or equal to 4 mm (pT2-pT3) // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2008. Vol. 15, N 8. P. 2223-2234.
van Akkooi A.C., Bouwhuis M.G., de Wilt JH, Kliffen M., Schmitz P.I. et al. Multivariable analysis comparing outcome after sentinel node biopsy or therapeutic lymph node dissection in patients with melanoma 11 Br. J. Surg. 2007. Vol. 94, N 10. P. 1293-1299.
Morton D.L., Thompson J.F., Cochran A.J. et al. Sentinel-node biopsy or nodal observation in melanoma 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2006. Vol. 355, N 13. P. 1307-1301.
Bleicher R.J., Essner R„ Foshag L.J., Wanek L.A. et al. Role of sentinel lymphadenectomy in thin invasive cutaneous melanomas // J. Clin. Oncol. 2003. Vol. 21, N 7. P. 1326-1331.
Rousseau D.L. Jr, Ross M.I., Johnson M.M. et al. Revised American Joint Committee on Cancer staging criteria accurately predict sentinel lymph node positivity in clinically node-negative melanoma patients // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2003. Vol. 10, N 5. P. 569-574.
Cascinelli N.. Belli E, Santinami M. et al. Sentinel lymph node biopsy in cutaneous melanoma: the WHO melanoma program experience // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2000. Vol. 7, N 6. P. 469-474.
Kesmodel S.B., Karakousis G.C., Botbyl J.D. et al. Mitotic rate as a predictor of sentinel lymph node positivity in patients with thin melanomas 11 Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2005. Vol. 12, N 6. P. 449-458.
Wright B.E., Scheri R.P., Ye X. et al. Importance of sentinel lymph node biopsy in patients with thin melanoma // Arch. Surg. 2008. Vol. 143, N 9. P. 892-899; discussion 899-900.
Wong S.L., Brady M.S., Busam K.J., Coit D.G. Results of sentinel lymph node biopsy in patients with thin melanoma // Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2006. Vol. 13, N 3. P. 302-309.
Andtbacka R.H., Gershenwald J.E. Role of sentinel lymph node biopsy in patients with thin melanoma 11 J. Natl Compr. Cane. Netw. 2009. Vol. 7, N 3. P. 308-317.
Balch C.M. The role of elective lymph node dissection in melanoma: rationale, results, and controversies // J. Clin. Oncol. 1988. Vol. 6, N 1. P. 163-172.
Gutzmer R., Satzger L, Thoms K.M. et al. Sentinel lymph node status is the most important prognostic factor for thick (>or = 4 mm) melanomas // J. Dtsch. Dermatol. Ges. 2008. Vol. 6, N3. P. 198-203.
Balch C.M., Gershenwald J.E., Soong S.J. et al. Final version of 2009 AJCC melanoma staging and classification 11 ]. Clin. Oncol. 2009. Vol. 27, N 36. P. 6199-6206.
Wong S.L., Balch C.M., Hurley P. et al. Sentinel lymph node biopsy for melanoma: American Society of Clinical Oncology and Society of Surgical Oncology joint clinical practice guideline // J. Clin. Oncol. 2012. Vol. 30, N 23. P. 2912-2918.
Clark W.H. Jr, Elder D.E., Guerry D. IV, Epstein M.N. et al. A study of tumor progression: the precursor lesions of superficial spreading and nodular melanoma 11 Hum. Pathol. 1984. Vol. 15. P. 1147-1165.
Greene M.H., Clark W.H. Jr, Tucker M.A., Kraemer K.H. et al. High risk of malignant melanoma in melanoma-prone families with dysplastic nevi // Ann. Intern. Med. 1985. Vol. 102. P. 458-465.
Slade J., Marghoob A.A., Salopek T.G., Rigel D.S. et al. Atypical mole syndrome: risk factor for cutaneous malignant melanoma and implications for management 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32, N 3. P. 479-494.
Kopf A.W., Friedman R.J., Rigel D.S. Atypical mole syndrome 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 22. P. 117-118.
Elder D.E., Goldman L.I., Goldman S.C., Greene M.H. et al. Dysplastic nevus syndrome: a phenotypic association of sporadic cutaneous melanoma // Cancer. 1980. Vol. 46, N 8. P. 1787-1794.
Munro D.D. Multiple active junctional naevi with family his- tory of malignant melanoma // Proc. R. Soc. Med. 1974. Vol. 67, N 7. P. 594-595.
Steijlen P., Bergman W., Hermans J., Scheffer E. et al. The efficacy of histopathological criteria required for diagnosing dysplastic naevi // Histopathology. 1988. Vol. 12, N 3. P. 289-300.
Piepkorn M.W., Barnhill R.L., Cannon-Albright L.A. et al. A multiobserver, population-based analysis of histologic dysplasia in melanocytic nevi // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 30. P. 707-714.
Augustsson A., Stierner U„ Rosdahl I., Suurkiila M. Common and dysplastic naevi as risk factors for cutaneous malignant melanoma in a Swedish population // Acta Derm. Venereol. 1991. Vol. 71. P. 518-524.
Grob J.J., Gouvernet J., Aymar D. et al. Count of benign melanocytic nevi as a major indicator of risk for nonfamilial nodular and superficial spreading melanoma 11 Cancer. 1990. Vol. 66. P. 387-395.
Garbe C., Buttner P., Weiss J. et al. Risk factors for developing cutaneous melanoma and criteria for identifying persons at risk: multicenter case-control study of the Central Malignant Melanoma Registry of the German Dermatological Society 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 102. P. 695-699.
Tucker M.A., Halpern A., Holly E.A. et al. Clinically recognized dysplastic nevi: a central risk factor for cutaneous melanoma 11 JAMA. 1997. Vol. 277. P. 1439-1444.
Piepkorn M„ Meyer L.J., Goldgar D. et al. The dysplastic mel-anocyric nevus: a prevalent lesion that correlates poorly with clinical phenotype 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 20. P. 407-415.
Lasithiotakis K.G., Kokolakis A., Giannikaki E., Krasagakis K. et al. Factors associated with the prevalence of atypical nevus in a Mediterranean pigmented skin lesion clinic 11 Melanoma Res. 2011. Vol. 5. P. 469-473.
Halpern A.C., Guerry D.T. IV, Elder D.E., Trock B. et al. Natural history of dysplastic nevi II]. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 29. P. 51-57.
Duffy K., Grossman D. The dysplastic nevus: from historical perspective to management in the modern era. Part II. Molecular aspects and clinical management 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67. P. 19el-19el2.
Skender-Kalnenas T.M., English D.R., Heenan P.J. Benign melanocyric lesions: risk markers or precursors of cutaneous melanoma? // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 33. P. 1000-1007.
Sagebiel R.W Melanocytic nevi in histologic association with primary cutaneous melanoma of superficial spreading and nodular types: effect of tumor thickness //J. Invest. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 100. P. 322-325.
Bevona C., Gogins W, Quinn T., Fullerto J., Tsao H. Cutaneous melanomas associated with nevi 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139. P. 1620-1624.
Lucas C.R., Sanders L.L., Murray J.C., Myers S.A. et al. Early melanoma detection: nonuniform dermoscopic features and growth 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48. P. 663-671.
Goodson A.G., Florell S.R., Boucher K.M., Grossman D. A decade of melanomas: identification of factors associated with delayed detection in an academic group practice // Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1620-1630.
Cannon-Albright L.A., Goldgar D.E., Meyer L.J. et al. Assignment of a locus for familial melanoma, MLM, to chromosome 9pl3-p22 // Science. 1992. Vol. 258, N 5085. P. 1148-1152.
Nobori T, Miura K„ Wu D.J., Lois A. et al. Deletions of the cyclin-dependent kinase-4 inhibitor gene in multiple human cancers 11 Nature. 1994. Vol. 368, N 6473. P. 753-756.
Bale S.J., Dracopoli N.C., Tucker M.A. et al. Mapping the gene for hereditary cutaneous malignant melanoma-dysplastic nevus to chromosome Ip // N. Engl. J. Med. 1989. Vol. 320, N21. P. 1367-1372.
Chin L. The genetics of malignant melanoma: lessons from mouse and man // Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2003. Vol. 3. P. 559-570.
Greene M.H. Genetics of cutaneous melanoma and nevi // Mayo Clin. Proc. 1997. Vol. 72. P. 467-474.
Marghoob A. A., Kopf A.W, Rigel D.S. et al. Risk of cutaneous malignant melanoma in patients with classic’ atypical mole syndrome. A case-control study 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130, N8. P. 993-998.
Goodson A.G., Florell S.R., Boucher K.M., Grossman D. Low rates of clinical recurrence after biopsy of benign to moderately dysplastic melanocytic nevi // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010.Vol. 6. P. 591-596.
Bolognia J.L. Too many moles 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 142. P. 508.
Stierner U. Melanocytes, moles and melanoma — a study on UV effects // Acta Derm. Venereol. Suppl. (Stockh.). 1991. Vol. 168. P. 1-31.
Meyer L.J., Piepkorn M., Goldgar D.E. et al. Interobserver concordance indiscriminating clinical atypia of melanocytic nevi, and correlations with histologic atypia 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 34. P. 618-625.
Annessi G., Cattaruzza M.S., Abeni D. et al. Correlation between clinical atypia and histologic dysplasia in acquired melanocytic nevi H J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45. P. 77-85.
Suh K.Y., Bolognia J.L. Signature nevi 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 60. P. 508-514.
O’Donneel A.T., Kim C.C. Update and clinical use of imaging technologies for pigmented lesions of the skin 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2012. Vol. 31, N 1. P. 38-44.
Grin C.M., Kopf A.W., Welkovich B., Bart R.S. et al. Accuracy in the clinical diagnosis of malignant melanoma // Arch. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 126. P. 763-766.
Miller M., Ackerman A.B. How accurate are dermatologists in the diagnosis of melanoma? Degree of accuracy and implications 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 128. P. 559-560.
Wolf I.H., Smolle J., Soyer H.P., Kerl H. Sensitivity in the clinical diagnosis of malignant melanoma 11 Melanoma Res. 1998. Vol. 8. P. 425-429.
Mayer J. Systematic review of the diagnostic accuracy of dermatoscopy in detecting malignant melanoma 11 Med. J. Aust. 1997. Vol. 167. P. 206-210.
Binder M., Puespoeck-Schwarz M., Steiner A. et al. Epiluminescence microscopy of small pigmented skin lesions: shortterm formal training improves the diagnostic performance of dermatologists 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 36, N 2. Pt 1. P. 197-202.
Kelly J.W., Yeatman J.M., Regalia C„ Mason G. et al. A high incidence of melanoma found in patients with multiple dysplas-tic naevi by photographic surveillance // Med. J. Aust. 1997. Vol. 167, N4. P. 191-194.
Goodson A.G., Florell S.R., Hyde M., Bowen G.M. et al. Comparative analysis of total body and dermatoscopic photographic monitoring of nevi in similar patient populations at risk for cutaneous melanoma // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N7. P. 1087-1098.
Rhodes A.R. Intervention strategy to prevent lethal cutaneous melanoma: use of dermatologic photography to aid surveillance of high-risk persons // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 39. P. 262-267.
Rice Z.P., Weiss F.J., DeLong L.K., Curiel-Lewandrowski C. et al. Utilization and rationale for the implementation of total body (digital) photography as an adjunct screening measure for melanoma 11 Melanoma Res. 2010. Vol. 20, N 5. P. 417-21.
Balch C.M., Gershenwald J.E., Soong S.J. et al. Final version of 2009 AJCC melanoma staging and classification 11 J. Clin. Oncol. 2009. Vol. 27, N 36. P. 6199-6206.
Kornberg R., Ackerman A.B. Pseudomelanoma: recurrent melanocytic nevus following partial surgical removal // Arch. Dermatol. 1975. Vol. 111. P. 1588-1590.
Rigel D.S., Friedman R.J., Kopf A. Surgical margins for removal of dysplastic nevi [abstract] 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. ll.P. 745.
Lowe M., Hill N., Page A., Chen S. et al. The impact of shave biopsy on the management of patients with thin melanomas 11 Am. Surg. 2011. Vol. 77, N 8. P. 1050-1053.
Clemente C., Cochran A.J., Elder D.E. et al. Histopathologic diagnosis of dysplastic nevi: concondance among pathologists convened by the World Health Organization Melanoma Programme 11 Hum. Pathol. 1991. Vol. 22. P. 313-319.
Duffy K.L., Mann D.J., Petronic-Rosic V, Shea C.R. Clinical decision making based on histopathological grading and margin status of dysplastic nevi // Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148. P. 259-260.
Kmetz E.C., Sanders H., Fisher G„ Lang P.G. et al. The role of observation in the management of atypical nevi 11 South. Med. J. 2009. Vol. 102. P. 45-48.
Moncrieff M., Cotton S„ Claridge E., Hall P. Spectrophotometric intracutaneous analysis: a new technique for imaging pigmented skin lesions // Br. J. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 146. P. 448-457.
Glud M., Gniadecki R., Drzewiecki K.T. Spectrophotometric intracutaneous analysis versus dermoscopy for the diagnosis of pigmented skin lesions: prospective, double-blind study in a secondary reference centre 11 Melanoma Res. 2009. Vol. 19. P. 176-179.
Monheit G., Cognetta A.B., Ferris L. et al. The performance of MelaFind: a prospective multicenter study 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2011.Vol. 147. P. 188-194.
Elbaum M., Kopf A.W., Rabinovitz H.S. et al. Automatic differentiation of melanoma from melanocytic nevi with multispectral digital dermoscopy: a feasibility study // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 44. P. 207-218.
Friedman R.J., Gutkowicz-Krusin D„ Farber M.J. et al. The diagnostic performance of expert dermoscopists vs a computervision system on small-diameter melanomas // Arch. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 144. P. 476-482.
Langley R.G., Rajadhyaksha M., Dwyer P.J., Sober A.J. et al. Confocal scanning laser microscopy of benign and malignant melanocytic skin lesions in vivo 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45. P. 365-376.
Glickman Y.A., Filo O., David M. et al. Electrical impedance scanning: a new approach to skin cancer diagnosis 11 Skin Res. Technol. 2003. Vol. 9. P. 262-268.
Mohs ЕЕ. Chemosurgery, a microscopically controlled method of cancer excision 11 Arch. Surg. 1941. Vol. 42. P. 279-295.
Mohs F.E. History of Mohs micrographic surgery // Dermatologic Surgery: Principles and Practice / eds R.K. Roenigk, H.H. Roenigk. New York: Marcel Dekker, 1989. P. 783-789.
Tromovitch T.A., Stegman S.J. Microscopically controlled excision of skin tumors // Arch. Dermatol. 1974. Vol. 110, N 2. P. 231-232.
Swanson N.A., Taylor W.B., Tromovitch T.A. The evolution of Mohs surgery 11 J. Dermatol. Surg Oncol. 1982. Vol. 8. P. 650-654.
Shelley W.B. Mohs: microscopically oriented histographic surgery// Arch. Dermatol. 1978. Vol. 114, N 7. P. 1097-1098.
Stegman S.J., Tromovitch T.A. Modern chemosurgery microscopically controlled excision 11 West. J. Med. 1980. Vol. 132. P. 7-12.
Mohs F.E. Chemosurgery for skin cancer 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1976.Vol. 112. P. 211-215.
Rowe D.E., Carroll R.J., Day C.L. Jr. Long-term recurrence rates in previously untreated (primary) basal cell carcinoma: implications for patient follow-up 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 315-336.
Rowe D.E., Carroll R.J., Day C.L. Jr. Mohs surgery is the treatment of choice for recurrent (previously treated) basal cell carcinoma 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 424-431.
Mohs F.E. Chemosurgery: Microscopically Controlled Surgery for Skin Cancer. Springfild, IL : Charles C. Thomas, 1978. P. 1-356.
Mohs F.E. Chemosurgery for melanoma 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1977. Vol. ИЗ. P. 285-291.
Zitelli J.A., Brown C., Hanusa B.H. Mohs micrographic surgery for the treatment of primary cutaneous melanoma // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37, N 2. P. 236-245.
Muller F.M., Dawe R.S., Moseley H., Fleming C.J. Randomized comparison of Mohs micrographic surgery and surgical excision for small nodular basal cell carcinoma: tissue-sparing outcome // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 9. P. 1349-1354.
Casey A.S., Kennedy C.E., Goldman G.D. Mohs micrographic surgery: how ACMS fellowship directors practice // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 5. P. 747-756.
Merritt B.G., Lee N.Y., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. et al. The safety of Mohs surgery: a prospective multicenter cohort study // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67, N 6. P. 1302-1309.
Rogers H.D., Desciak E.B., Marcus R.P., Wang S. et al. Prospective study of wound infections in Mohs micrographic surgery using clean surgical technique in the absence of prophylactic antibiotics // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N 5. P. 842-851.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W. Cost effectiveness of Mohs micrographic surgery: review of the literature //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8, N 10. P. 914-922.
Rogers H.W., Coldiron B.M. A relative value unit-based cost comparison of treatment modalities for the nonmelanoma skin cancer: effect of the loss of the Mohs multiple surgery reduction exemption 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 61. P. 96-103.
Cook J., Zitelli J.A. Mohs micrographic surgery: a cost analysis // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 39, N 5. P. 698-703.
Hanke C.W., Temofeew R.K., Miyamoto R.T., Lingeman R.E. Chemosurgical report: basal cell carcinoma involving the external auditory canal — treatment with Mohs micrographic surgery 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11, N 12. P. 1189-1194.
Brodland D.G., Amonette R., Hanke C.W., Robins P. The history and evolution of Mohs micrographic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 4. P. 303-307.
ACGME. American Council for Graduate Medical Education reports by program. Chicago, IL, 2012. URL: http://www. acgme.org/adspublic/. (date of access August 15, 2012)
Rogers H.W., Weinstock M.A., Harris A.R. et al. Incidence estimate of non-melanoma skin cancer in the United States, 2006 II Arch. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 146, N 3. P. 283-287.
Rowe D.E., Carroll R.J., Day C.L. Prognostic factors for local recurrence, metastasis, and survival rates in squamous cell carcinoma of the skin, ear, and lip. Implications for treatment modality selection 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 29. P. 976-990.
Society A.C. Cancer Facts and Figures 2012. Atlanta, GA, 2012. URL: http://www.cancer.org/acs/groups/content/@epi-demiology surveilance/documents/document/acspc-031941. pdf. (date of access August 15, 2012)
Zitelli J.A., Moy R.L., Abell E. The reliability of frozen sections in the evaluation of surgical margins for melanoma // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 24. P. 102-106.
Kelley L.C., Starkus L. Immunohistochemical staining of lentigo maligna during Mohs micrographic surgery using MART-111 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46. P. 78-84.
Bricca G.M., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. Immunostaining melanoma frozen sections: the 1 hour protocol 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 403-408.
Ratner D., Thomas C.O., Johnson T.M. et al. Mohs micrographic surgery for the treatment of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: Results of a multiinstitutional series with an analysis of the extent of microscopic spread 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37, N 4. P. 600-613.
Ratz J.L., Duong S.L., Kulwin D.R. Sebaceous carcinoma of the eyelid treated with Mohs surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 14. P. 668-673.
Ang G.C., Roenigk R.K., Otley C.C., Kim Phillips P. et al. More than 2 decades of treating atypical fibroxanthoma at Mayo Clinic: what have we learned from 91 patients? 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 765-772.
Hollmig S.T., Kirkland E.B., Henderson M.T., Tang J.Y. et al. The evolving conception and management challenges of malignant fibrous histiocytoma // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 12. P. 1922-1929.
Fleischmann H.E., Roth R.J., Wood C., Nickoloff BJ. Micro-cystic adnexal carcinoma treated by microscopically controlled excision 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1984. Vol. 10. P. 873-875.
O’Connor W.J., Lim K.K., Zalla MJ. et al. Comparison of Mohs micrographic surgery and wide excision for extramammary Paget’s disease // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 123-T2.7.
Starling J., Coldiron B.M. Mohs micrographic surgery for the treatment of cutaneous leiomyosarcoma // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64, N 6. P. 1119-1122.
Behroozan D.S., Goldberg L.H., Glaich A.S., Kaplan B. et al. Mohs micrographic surgery for deeply penetrating, expanding benign cutaneous neoplasms // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 7. P. 958-965.
Goldberg D.J., Kim Y.A. Angiosarcoma of the scalp treated with Mohs micrographic surgery 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19, N2. P. 156-158.
Marra D.I., Schanbacher C.F., Torres A. Mohs micrographic surgery of primary cutaneous mucinous carcinoma using immunohistochemistry for margin control 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 5. P. 799-802.
O’Connor W.J., Roenigk R.K., Brodland D.G. Merkel cell carcinoma: comparison of Mohs micrographic surgery and wide excision in 86 patients // Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 929-933.
Connolly S.M., Baker D.R., Coldiron B.M. et al. AAD/ACMS/ ASDSA/ASMS 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria for Mohs Micrographic Surgery. A Report of the American Academy of Dermatology, American College of Mohs Surgery, American Society for Dermatologic Surgery Association, and the American Society for Mohs Surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 38, N 10. P. 1582-1603.
Ratner D., Bagiella E. The efficacy of curettage in delineating margins of basal cell carcinoma before Mohs micrographic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 899-903.
Davis D.A., Pellowski D.M., Hanke C.W. Preparation of frozen sections 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 1479-1485.
Cottel W.I., Proper S. Mohs surgery, fresh-tissue technique: our technique with a review //J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1982. Vol. 8. P. 576-587.
Larson P.O. Staple and double-stable method of tissue orientation in Mohs micrographic surgery 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1987. Vol. 13. P. 732-734.
Lang P.G. Jr. Mohs micrographic surgery: fresh-tissue technique 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1989. Vol. 7. P. 613-626.
Alcalay J. Digital computerized mapping in Mohs micrographic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 692-693.
Rapini R.P. Comparison of methods for checking surgical margins // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 23, N 2. Pt 1. P. 288-294.
Albertini J. Mohs micrographic surgery pearls 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2004. Vol. 23. P. 184-195.
Grabski W.J., Salasche SJ. Mapping and orienting tissue during Mohs micrographic surgery: an alternative approach 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17. P. 865-868.
McCulloch M., Geddis C„ Hetzer M.R. et al. Embedding techniques 11 Manual of Frozen Section Processing for Mohs Micrographic Surgery / ed. F.S. Fish. Milwaukee, WI: American College of Mohs Surgery, 2008. P. 601.
Leshin В., Cook S.R., Frye D.W. Cryomold: technique for tissue embedding in Mohs micrographic surgery // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17. P. 234-236.
Hanke C.W., Leonard A.L., Reed AJ. Rapid preparation of high-quality frozen sections using a membrane and vacuum system embedding machine 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 1. P. 20-25.
Todd M.M., Lee J.M., Marks VJ. Rapid toluidine blue stain for Mohs micrographic surgery// Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 244-245.
Thosani M.K., Marghoob A., Chen C.S. Current progress of immunostains in Mohs micrographic surgery: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 12. P. 1621-1636.
Kader El Tai A., Abrou A.E., Stiff M.A., Mehregan D.A. Immunostaining in Mohs micrographic surgery: a review // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 275-290.
Robinson J.K. Current histologic preparation methods for Mohs micrographic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 555-560.
Jimenez F.J., Grichnik J.M., Buchanan M.D., Clark R.E. Immunohistochemical techniques in Mohs micrographic surgery: their potential use in the detection of neoplastic cells masked by inflammation // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32. P. 89-94.
Zachary C.B., Rest E.B., Furlong S.M., Arcedo P.N. et al. Rapid cytokeratin stains enhance the sensitivity of Mohs micrographic surgery for squamous cell carcinoma 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 530-535.
Murphy M.E., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. Errors in the interpretation of Mohs histopathology sections over a 1-year fellowship 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 12. P. 1637-1641.
Leshin B., White W.L. Folliculocentric basaloid proliferation 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 126. P. 900-906.
Countryman N.B., Leshin B. Use of a Goulian knife and Week blade for Mohs layers when tumor extends to the perichondrium of the ear // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 4. P. 670-672.
Mentzel Т, Fletcher C.D. Lipomatous tumours of soft tissues: an update 11 Virchows Arch. 1995. Vol. 427, N 4. P. 353-363.
Rydholm A., Berg N.O. Size, site and clinical incidence of lipoma. Factors in the differential diagnosis of lipoma and sarcoma 11 Acta Orthop. Scand. 1983. Vol. 54, N 6. P. 929-934.
Truhan A.P., Garden J.M., Caro W.A., Roenigk H.H. Jr. Facial and scalp lipomas: case reports and study of prevalence 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11, N 10. P. 981-984
Worle B„ Kunte C., Schaller M., Konz B. Lipoma of the forehead // Hautarzt. 2000. Vol. 51, N 9. P. 661-665.
Spitz J. Genodermatoses: a Clinical Guide to Genetic Skin Disorders. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA : Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2005.
Weedon D. Weedons Skin Pathology. 3rd ed. London : Churchill Livingstone/Elsevier, 2010.
Otley C.C. Perioperative evaluation and management in dermatologic surgery // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 1. P. 119-127.
Bunick C.G., Aasi S.Z. Hemorrhagic complications in dermatologic surgery // Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 6. P. 537-550.
Delaney A., Diamantis S„ Marks VJ. Complications of tissue ischemia in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 6. P. 551-557.
Salem R.O., Laposata M. Effects of alcohol on hemostasis // Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 2005. Vol. 123, suppl. P. S96-S105.
Otley C.C. Continuation of medically necessary aspirin and warfarin during cutaneous surgery // Mayo Clin. Proc. 2003. Vol. 78, N 11. P. 1392-1396.
Kovich O., Otley C.C. Thrombotic complications related to discontinuation of warfarin and aspirin therapy perioper-atively for cutaneous operation 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48, N 2. P. 233-237.
Dinehart S.M., Henry L. Dietary supplements: altered coagulation and effects on bruising 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 7. Pt 2. P. 819-826; discussion 826.
Rao S.S., Davison S.P. Gone in 30 seconds: a quick and simple technique for subcutaneous lipoma removal 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 130, N 1. P. 236e-238e.
Kenawi M.M. «Squeeze delivery» excision of subcutaneous lipoma related to anatomic site // Br. J. Surg. 1995. Vol. 82, N 12. P. 1649-1650.
Capriotti K., Humphreys T.R. A novel technique for the extraction of larger lipomas 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 3. P. 493-495.
Funayama E., Minakawa H„ Oyama A. Forehead lipoma resection via a small remote incision using a surgical raspatory 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56, N 3. P. 458-459.
Coleman WP. 3rd. Noncosmetic applications of liposuction 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1988. Vol. 14, N 10. P. 1085-1090.
Pinski K.S., Roenigk H.H. Jr. Liposuction of lipomas 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1990. Vol. 8, N 3. P. 483-492.
Al-basti H.A., El-Khatib H.A. The use of suction-assisted surgical extraction of moderate and large lipomas: long-term follow-up // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2002. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 114-117.
Jun G.B., Qi H., Golap C. One-stage excision of inflamed sebaceous cyst versus the conventional method // S. Afr. J. Surg. 2010. Vol. 48, N4. P. 116-118.
Anton-Badiola L, San Miguel-Fraile P., Peteiro-Cancelo A., Ortiz-Rey J.A. Squamous cell carcinoma arising on an epidermal inclusion cyst: a case presentation and review of the literature // Aetas Dermosifiliogr. 2010. Vol. 101, N 4. P. 349-353.
Yang H.J., Yang K.C. A new method for facial epidermoid cyst removal with minimal incision 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2009. Vol. 23, N 8. P. 887-890.
Merritt B.G., Lee N.Y., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. et al. The safety of Mohs surgery: a prospective multicenter cohort study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67, N 6. P. 1302-1309.
Elliott T.G., Thom G.A., Litterick K.A. Office based dermatologic surgery and Mohs surgery: a prospective audit of surgical procedures and complications in a procedural dermatology practice 11 Australas J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 53. P. 264-271.
Starling J.S., Thosani M.K., Coldiron B.M. Determining the safety of officed-based surgery: what 10 years of Florida Data and 6 years of Alabama data reveal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 171-177.
Cook J.L., Perone J.B. A prospective evaluation of the incidence of complications associated with Mohs micrographic surgery // Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139, N 2. P. 143-152.
Alam M., Ibrahim O„ Nodzenski M. et al. Adverse events associated with Mohs micrographic surgery 11 JAMA Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 149, N 12. P. 1378-1385. doi: 10.1001/jamadermatol. 2013.6255.
Perlis C.X., Campbell R.M., Perlis R.H., Malik M. et al. Incidence of and risk factors for medical malpractice lawsuits among Mohs surgeons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 79-83.
McGinness J.L., Goldstein G. The value of preoperative biopsy-site photography for identifying cutaneous lesions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 2. P. 194-197.
Matzke TJ., Christenson L.J., Christenson S.D., Atanashova N. et al. Pacemakers and implantable cardiac defibrillators in dermatologic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 9. P. 1155-1162.
El-Gamal H.M., Dufresne R.G., Saddler K. Electrosurgery, pacemakers and ICDs: a survey of precautions and complications experienced by cutaneous surgeons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 4. P. 385-390.
Gill J.F., Yu S.S., Neuhaus I.M. Tobacco smoking and dermatologic surgery// JAMA Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 68. P. 167-172.
Goldminz D., Bennett R.G. Cigarette smoking and flap and full-thickness graft necrosis 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 127, N 7. P. 1012-1015.
Reus W.F. 3rd, Colen L.B., Straker DJ. Tobacco smoking and complications in elective microsurgery 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1992. Vol. 89, N 3. P. 490-494.
Bordeaux J.S., Martires K.J., Goldberg D., Pattee S.F. et al. Prospective evaluation of dermatologic surgery complications including patients on multiple antiplatelet and anticoagulant medications 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 3. P. 576-583.
Otley C.C., Fewkes J.L., Frank W„ Olbricht S.M. Complications of cutaneous surgery in patients who are taking warfarin, aspirin, or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs // Arch. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 132, N 2. P. 161-166.
Billingsley E.M., Maloney M.E. Intraoperative and postoperative bleeding problems in patients taking warfarin, aspirin, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents. A prospective study // Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23, N 5. P. 381-383.
West S.W., Otley C.C., Nguyen Т.Н. et al. Cutaneous surgeons cannot predict blood-thinner status by intraoperative visual inspection 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2002. Vol. 110, N 1. P. 98-ЮЗ.
Schanbacher C.F., Bennett R.G. Postoperative stroke after stopping warfarin for cutaneous surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 8. P. 785-789.
Alam M., Goldberg L.H. Serious adverse vascular events associated with perioperative interruption of antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapy // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 11. P. 992-998.
Kovich O., Otley C.C. Thrombotic complications related to discontinuation of warfarin and aspirin therapy perioper-atively for cutaneous operation // JAMA Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48, N 2. P. 233-237.
Kimyai-Asadi A., Jih M.H., Goldberg L.H. Perioperative primary stroke: is aspirin cessation to blame? 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 12. Pt 2. P. 1526-1528.
Schmitt A.R., Zender C.A., Bordeaux J.S. A new oral anticoagulant in the setting of dermatologic surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 68, N 5. P. 869-870.
Lewis K.G., Dufresne R.G. Jr. A meta-analysis of complications attributed to anticoagulation among patients following cutaneous surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 160-164.
Cook-Norris R.H., Michaels J.D., Weaver A.L. et al. Complications of cutaneous surgery in patients taking clopi-dogrel-containing anticoagulation 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 3. P. 584-591.
Straith R.E., Raju D.R., Hipps C.J. The study of hematomas in 500 consecutive face lifts // Plast. Resconstr. Surg. 1977. Vol. 59, N 5. P. 694-698.
Salem R.O., Laposata M. Effects of alcohol on hemostasis // Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 2005. Vol. 123, suppl. P. S96-S105.
Goldman G. Surgical complications and optimizing outcomes 11 Dermatology. 3rd ed. I eds J.L. Bolognia, J.L. Jorizzo, J. V Schaffer. China : Elsevier, 2012. P. 2464.
Achneck H.E., Sileshi B., Jamiolkowski R.M., Albala D.M. et al. A comprehensive review of topical hemostatic agents 11 Ann. Surg. 2010. Vol. 251. P. 217-228.
Billingsley E.M., Maloney M.E. Considerations in achieving hemostasis // Atlas of Cutaneous Surgery I eds J.K. Robinson, K. A. Arndt, P.E. Leboit, B.U. Wintroub. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1996. P. 67-73.
Nasser N.A. The use of the Mini-Flap wound suction drain in maxillofacial surgery // Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 1986. Vol. 68, N3. P. 151-153.
Nguyen Т.Н., Erickson Q.L. Hemostasis // Surgery of the Skin. 2nd ed. I eds J.K. Robinson, C.W. Hanke, D.M. Siegel, A. Fratila. New York, NY : Mosby/Elsevier, 2010. P. 225-238.
Wright T.I., Baddour L.M., Berbari E.F. Antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: advisory statement 2008 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 464-473.
Futoryan T„ Grande D. Postoperative wound infection rates in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 509-514.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Askew D.A., Wilkinson D. Prospective study of wound infections in dermatologic surgery in the absence of prophylactic antibiotics 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 819-827.
Rogues A.M., Lasheras A., Amici J.M. et al. Infection control practices and infectious complications in dermatological surgery 11 J. Hosp. Infect. 2007. Vol. 65. P. 258-263.
Maragh S.L.H., Brown M.D. Prospective evaluation of surgical site infection rate among patients with Mohs micrographic surgery without the use of prophylactic antibiotics 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 275-278.
Amici J.M., Rogues A.M., Lasheras A. et al. A prospective study of the incidence of complications associated with dermatological surgery II Br. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 153. P. 967-971.
Xia Y., Cho S., Greenway H.T., Zelac D.E. et al. Infection rates of wound repairs during Mohs micrographic surgery using sterile versus non-sterile gloves: a prospective randomized pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 37, N 5. P. 651-656.
Cruse P.J., Foord R. A five-year prospective study of 23,649 surgical wounds // Arch. Surg. 1973. Vol. 107. P. 206-210.
Wood L.D., Warner N.M., Billingsley E.M. Infectious complications of dermatologic procedures 11 Dermatol. Then 2011. Vol. 24. P. 558-570.
Stasko T. Complications of cutaneous procedures // Dermatologic Surgery Principles and Practice. 2nd ed. I eds R.K. Roenigk, H.H. Jr Roenigk. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 1996. P. 149-175.
Kaufman A.J., Kiene K.L., Moy R.L. Role of tissue undermining in the trapdoor effect of transposition flaps 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19, N 2. P. 128-132.
Gray Н. Organs of special sense: the ear 11 Grays Anatomy. 15 th ed. New York, NY : Barnes and Noble Books, 1995. P. 830-834.
Bean R.B. Some ears and types of men // Am. Anthropologist. 1915. Vol. 17. P. 529-533.
Greenbaum S.S., Greenbaum C.H. Aesthetic Dermatology. New York, NY : McGraw- Hill, 1991. P. 19-29.
Amer М., Greenbaum S.S., Lask G.P., Parrish L.C. Aesthetic Dermatology. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 1991. P. 185-189.
Hwang K„ Hwang PJ. Which type of earring and which piercing point is safest with regards to tearing through the ear by an external force? 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 772-777.
Hendricks W.M. Complications of ear piercing: treatment and prevention 11 Cutis. 1991. Vol. 48. P. 386-394.
Wolfram D., Tzankov A., Pulzl P., Piza-Katzer P. Hypertrophic scars and keloids — a review of their pathophysiology, risk factors, and therapeutic management 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 171-181.
Murray J.C. Scars and keloids 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1993. Vol. 11. P. 697-707.
Nemeth A.J. Keloids and hypertrophic scars // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 738-746.
Nikko A., Hsu S., Quan L.T., Greenbaum S.S. Surgical pearl: repair of partially torn earlobes — punch technique versus conversion to complete tear //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43. P. 99-101.
Niamtu J. Eleven pearls for cosmetic earlobe repair 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 180-185.
Zilinsky I., Tessone A., Winkler E„ Mendes D., Alon L. Partially torn ear lobe repair using a cross-stitching technique // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 987-989.
Kalimuthu R„ Larson B.J., Lewis N. Earlobe repair: a new technique 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1984. Vol. 74. P. 299-300.
Pardue A.M. Repair of torn earlobe with preservation of the perforation for an earring // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1973. Vol. 51. P. 472-473.
Smith C., Glaser D.A. Surgical pearl: repair of split or deformed ear lobe with a tongue depressor blade for stabilization during surgery // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 38. P. 990-991.
Robinson J.K. Split earlobe repair // Atlas of Cutaneous Surgery I eds J.K. Robinson, K.A. Arndt, P.E. LeBoit, B.U. Wintroub. Philadelphia, PA : WB. Saunders, 1996. P. 207-209.
Greco J.F., Stanko C.S., Greenbaum S.S. Use of a deep polypropylene suture during earlobe repair: a method to provide permanent reinforcement in the prevention of recurrent earlobe tract elongation // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1442-1443.
Bennett R.G. Selection of wound closure materials // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 18. P. 619-637.
Zoltie N. Split earlobes: a method of repair preserving the hole 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1987. Vol. 80. P. 619-621.
Argamaso R.V. The lap-joint principle in the repair of the cleft earlobe // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1978. Vol. 31. P. 337-338.
Amer M., Greenbaum S.S., Lask G.P., Parrish L.C. Aesthetic Dermatology. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 1991. P. 187-188.
Harahap M. Repair of split earlobes. A review and a new technique 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1982. Vol. 8. P. 187-190.
Mowlavi A., Meldrum D.G., Wilhelmi B.J., Russell R.C. et al. The «pixie»ear deformity following face lift surgery revisited 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 115, N 4. P. 1165-1171.
Man D. Reducing the incidence of ear deformity in facelift // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2009. Vol. 29, N 4. P. 264-271.
Rubin M.G. Manual of Chemical Peels Superficial and Medium Depth. Philadelphia, PA : J.B. Lippincott, 1995.
Brody H.J., Monheit G.D., Resnik S.S., Alt TH. A History of chemical peeling // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 405-409.
Kauvar A.N., Dover J.S. Facial skin rejuvenation: Laser resurfacing or chemical peel: choose your weapon 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 209-212.
Reddy K.K., Brauer J.A., Geronemus R.G. Evidence for fractional laser treatment in the improvement of cutaneous scars 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 6. P. 1005-1006.
Brightman L.A., Brauer J.A., Anolik R. et al. Ablative and fractional ablative lasers 11 Dermatol. Clin. 2009. Vol. 27, N 4. P. 479-489.
Greenbaum S.S., Rubin M.G. Surgical pearl: the high-energy pulsed carbon dioxide laser for immediate scar resurfacing // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 40. P. 988-990.
Tzikas T.L. A 52-Month summary of results using calcium hydroxylapatite for facial soft tissue augmentation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. S9-S15.
Alam M., Gladstone H., Kramer E.M. et al. ASDS Guidelines of care: Injectable fillers // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. S115-S148.
Redbord K.P., Busso M., Hanke C.W. Soft-tissue augmentation with hyaluronic acid and calcium hydroxyl apatite fillers 11 Dermatol. Then 2011. Vol. 24. P. 71-81
Lee A., Grummer S.E., Kriegel L.D., Marmur E. Hyaluronidase II Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1071-1077.
Brody H.J. Use of hyaluronidase in the treatment of granulomatous HA reactions or unwanted hyaluronic acid misplacement 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 893-897.
Vivas A.C., Tang J.C., Maderal A.D., Viera M.H. Hypertrophic scars and keloids, part 1: conventional treatments 11 Cosmet. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 25. P. 309-316.
Shaffer J.J., Taylor S.C., Cook-Bolden F. Keloidal scars: a review with a critical look at therapeutic options 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46. P. S63-S97.
Tziotzios C„ Profyris C„ Sterling J. Cutaneous scarring: pathophysiology, molecular mechanisms, and scar reduction therapeutics: part II. Strategies to reduce scar formation after dermatologic procedures 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66. P. 13-24.
Atkinson J.A., McKenna K.T., Barnett A.G., McGrath D.J. et al. A randomized, controlled trial to determine the efficacy of paper tape in preventing hypertrophic scar formation in surgical incisions that traverse Langer’s skin tension lines 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 116. P. 1648-1658.
Shih R., Waltzman J., Evans G.R. Review of over-the-counter topical scar treatment products // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 119. P. 1091-1095.
Morganroth P., Wilmot A.C., Miller C. Over-the-counter scar products for postsurgical patients: disparities between online advertised benefits and evidence regarding efficacy // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 61. P. e31-e47.
Mustoe T.A., Cooter R.D., Gold M.H. et al. International clinical recommendations on scar management // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2002. Vol. 110. P. 560-571.
Berman B„ Flores F. Recurrence rates of excised keloids treated with postoperative triamcinolone acetonide injections or interferon alfa-2b injections 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 5. P. 755-757.
Fulton J.E. Silicone gel sheeting for the prevention and management of evolving hypertrophic and keloid scars 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 947-951.
Klumpar D.I., Murray J.C., Anscher M. Keloids treated with excision followed by radiation therapy 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 31. P. 225-231.
Darzi M.A., Chowdri N.A., Kaul S.K., Khan M. Evaluation of various methods of treating keloids and hypertrophic scars: a 10 year follow-up study 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1992. Vol. 45. P. 374-379.
Berman B., Bieley H.C. Adjunct therapies to surgical management of keloids 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 126-130.
Alster T.S., Williams C.M. Treatment of keloid scars with 585 nm flash lamp-pumped pulsed-dye laser // Lancet. 1995. Vol. 345. P. 1198-1200.
Park Т.Н., Seo W.S., Kin K„ Chang C.H. Earlobe keloids: classification according to gross morphology determines proper surgical approach 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 38. P. 406-412.
Music E.N., Engel G. Earlobe keloids: a novel and elegant surgical approach // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 395-400.
Rosen D.J., Patel M., Freeman K., Weiss P. A primary protocol for management of ear keloids: results of excision combined with intraoperative and post-operative steroid injections 11 Plast. Reconst. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120. P. 1395-1400.
Lee Y„ Minn K., Baek R., Hong J. A new surgical treatment of keloid: keloid core excision // Ann. Plast. Surg. 2001. Vol. 46. P. 135-140.
Greenbaum S.S., Radonich M.A. The purse-string closure // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 1054-1056.
Brady J.G., Grande D.J., Katz A.E. The purse-string suture in facial reconstruction // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 812-816.
Vujevich J., Obagi. Repair of partial earlobe cleft using a «pursestring» repair // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 969-971.
Kontos A.P., Ozog D.M. Use of purse-string suture technique in closure of flesh tunnel defects of the bilateral earlobes // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 1070-1071.
Qi Z., Liang W., Wang Y. et al. X»-shaped incision and keloid skin-flap resurfacing: a new surgical method for auricle keloid excision and reconstruction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 1378-1382.
Field L.M. Subtotal keloid excision — a preferable preventative regarding recurrence 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 323-324.
Kim D.Y., Kim E.S., Eo S.R., Kim K.S. et al. A surgical approach for earlobe keloid: keloid fillet flap 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2004. Vol. 113. P. 1668-1674.
Rich Р. Nail biopsy: indications and methods 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 229.
de Berker D., Mawhinney B., Sviland L. Quantification of regional matrix nail production // Br. J. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 134. P. 1083.
Fleckman P, Allan C. Surgical anatomy of the nail unit // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 257.
Bordeaux J.S., Martires K.J., Goldberg D„ Pattee S.F. et al. Prospective evaluation of dermatologic surgery complications including patients on multiple antiplatelet and anticoagulant medications 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65. P. 576.
Billingsley E.M., Maloney M.E. Intraoperative and postoperative bleeding problems in patients taking warfarin, aspirin, and nonsteroidal antiinflammatory agents. A prospective study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 381.
Lewis K.G., Dufresne R.G. Jr. A meta-analysis of complications attributed to anticoagulation among patients following cutaneous surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. 160.
Tonnesen H., Rosenberg J., Nielsen H.J. et al. Effect of preoperative abstinence on poor postoperative outcome in alcohol misusers: randomised controlled trial 11 BMJ. 1999. Vol. 318. P. 1311.
Sorensen L.T. Wound healing and infection in surgery: the pathophysiological impact of smoking, smoking cessation, and nicotine replacement therapy: a systematic review 11 Ann. Surg. 2012. Vol. 255. P. 1069.
Heistein J.B., Cook P.A. Factors affecting composite graft survival in digital tip amputations 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2003. Vol. 50. P. 299.
Goettmann S., Drape J.L., Idy-Peretti I. et al. Magnetic resonance imaging: a new tool in the diagnosis of tumours of the nail apparatus 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130. P. 701.
Ravitskiy L., Phillips P.K., Roenigk R.K. et al. The use of oral midazolam for perioperative anxiolysis of healthy patients undergoing Mohs surgery: conclusions from randomized controlled and prospective studies 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011.Vol. 64. P. 310.
Otley C.C., Nguyen Т.Н., Phillips P.K. Anxiolysis with oral midazolam in pediatric patients undergoing dermatologic surgical procedures // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45. P. 105.
Haneke Е. Nail surgery II Eur. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 10. P. 237.
Chowdhry S„ Seidenstricker L„ Cooney D.S., Hazani R. et al. Do not use epinephrine in digital blocks: myth or truth? Part II. A retrospective review of 1111 cases 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2010. Vol. 126. P. 2031.
Lalonde D., Bell M., Benoit P., Sparkes G. et al. A multicenter prospective study of 3110 consecutive cases of elective epinephrine use in the fingers and hand: the Dalhousie Project clinical phase // J. Hand Surg. Am. 2005. Vol. 30. P. 1061.
Krunic A.L., Wang L.C., Soltani K., Weitzul S. et al. Digital anesthesia with epinephrine: an old myth revisited // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 51. P. 755.
Wilhelmi B.J., Blackwell S.J., Miller J.H. et al. Do not use epinephrine in digital blocks: myth or truth? 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 393.
Firoz B„ Davis N., Goldberg L.H. Local anesthesia using buffered 0.5% lidocaine with 1:200 000 epinephrine for tumors of the digits treated with Mohs micrographic surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 61. P. 639.
Jellinek N.J. Nail surgery: practical tips and treatment options 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2007. Vol. 20. P. 68.
Keramidas E.G., Rodopoulou S.G. Ropivacaine versus lidocaine in digital nerve blocks: a prospective study 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 119. P. 2148.
Watts A.C., McEachan J. The use of a fine-gauge needle to reduce pain in open carpal tunnel decompression: a randomized controlled trial 11 J. Hand Surg. Br. 2005. Vol. 30. P. 615.
Tomlinson P.J., Field J. Warm or refrigerated local anaesthetic for open carpal tunnel release: a single blind randomized controlled study 11 J. Hand Surg. Eur. Vol. 2010. Vol. 35. P. 232.
Vossinakis I.C., Stavroulaki P., Paleochorlidis L, Badras L.S. Reducing the pain associated with local anaesthetic infiltration for open carpal tunnel decompression 11 J. Hand Surg. Br. 2004. Vol. 29. P. 399.
Baran R. Nail surgery // Fitzpatricks Dermatology in General Medicine. 7th ed. I eds K. Wolff, L.A. Goldsmith, S.I. Katz et al. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2008. P. 2320.
Scher R.K. Biopsy of the matrix of a nail 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1980. Vol. 6. P. 19.
Haneke E. Surgical anatomy of the nail apparatus // Dermatol. Clin. 2006. Vol. 24. P. 291.
Chiu D.T. Transthecal digital block: flexor tendon sheath used for anesthetic infusion // J. Hand Surg. Am. 1990. Vol. 15. P.471.
Low C.K., Vartany A., Engstrom J.W, Poncelet A. et al. Comparison of transthecal and subcutaneous single-injection digital block techniques // J. Hand Surg. Am. 1997. Vol. 22. P. 901.
Yin Z.G., Zhang J.B., Kan S.L., Wang P. A comparison of traditional digital blocks and single subcutaneous palmar injection blocks at the base of the finger and a meta-analysis of the digital block trials // J. Hand Surg. Br. 2006. Vol. 31. P. 547.
Keramidas E.G., Rodopoulou S.G., Tsoutsos D., Miller G. et al. Comparison of transthecal digital block and traditional digital block for anesthesia of the finger 11 Plast. Reconstr Surg. 2004. Vol. 114. P. 1131.
Williams J.G., Lalonde D.H. Randomized comparison of the single-injection volar subcutaneous block and the twoin-jection dorsal block for digital anesthesia 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 118. P. 1195.
De Berker D.A., Langtry J. Treatment of subungual exostoses by elective day case surgery // Br. J. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 140. P. 915.
Sniezek P.J., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. A randomized controlled trial comparing acetaminophen, acetaminophen and ibuprofen, and acetaminophen and codeine for postoperative pain relief after Mohs surgery and cutaneous reconstruction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1007.
Toms L., Derry S., Moore R.A., McQuay H.J. Single dose oral paracetamol (acetaminophen) with codeine for postoperative pain in adults // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2009. Vol. 1. CD001547.
Gaskell H„ Derry S., Moore R.A., McQuay H.J. Single dose oral oxycodone and oxycodone plus paracetamol (acetaminophen) for acute postoperative pain in adults 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2009. Vol. 3. CD002763.
McGinness J.L., Parlette H.L. III. Versatile sterile field for nail surgery using a sterile glove // Dermatol. Online J. 2005. Vol. 11. P. 10.
Ng A.B., Adeyemo F.O., Samarji R. Preoperative footbaths reduce bacterial colonization of the foot // Foot Ankle Int. 2009. Vol. 30. P. 860.
Becerro de Bengoa Vallejo R„ Losa Iglesias M.E., Alou Cervera L., Sevillano Fernandez D. et al. Preoperative skin and nail preparation of the foot: comparison of the efficacy of 4 different methods in reducing bacterial load //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 61. P. 986.
Wright T.I., Baddour L.M., Berbari E.F. et al. Antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: advisory statement 2008 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 464.
Hixson F.P., Shafiroff B.B., Werner F.W., Palmer A.K. Digital tourniquets: a pressure study with clinical relevance // J. Hand Surg. Am. 1986. Vol. 11. P. 865.
Naim S., Srinivasan M.S. Digital tourniquets: a comparative analysis of pressures and pain perception 11 Acta Orthop. Belg. 2008. Vol. 74. P. 195.
Smith I.M., Austin O.M., Knight S.L. A simple and fail safe method for digital tourniquet // J. Hand Surg. Br. 2002. Vol. 27. P. 363.
Collins S.C., Cordova K„ Jellinek N.J. Alternatives to complete nail plate avulsion 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 619.
Ozawa T., Yabe T„ Ohashi N., Harada T. et al. A splint for pincer nail surgery: a convenient splinting device made of an aspiration tube // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 94.
Eekhof J.A., Van Wijk B., Knuistingh Neven A., van der Woud-en J.C. Interventions for ingrowing toenails // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2012. Vol. 4. CD001541.
Arai H., Arai T, Nakajima H., Haneke E. Formable acrylic treatment for ingrowing nail with gutter splint and sculptured nail // Int. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 43. P. 759.
Baran R., Haneke E., Richert B. Pincer nails: definition and surgical treatment // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 261.
Albom M.J. Surgical gems: avulsion of a nail plate II J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1977. Vol. 3. P. 34.
Boyce S„ Huang C.C. Surgical Pearl: hemostat-assisted nail avulsion revisited 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45. P. 943.
Miller P.K., Roenigk R.K. Diagnostic and therapeutic nail surgery 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17. P. 674.
Lane J.E., Peterson C.M., Ratz J.L. Avulsion and partial matri-cectomy with the carbon dioxide laser for pincer nail deformity // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 456.
Baran R., Tosti A. Chemical avulsion with urea nail lacquer // J. Dermatol. Treat. 2002. Vol. 13. Vol. 161.
Scher R.K. Punch biopsies of nails: a simple, valuable procedure 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1978. Vol. 4. P. 528.
Jellinek N.J., Rubin A.I. Lateral longitudinal excision of the nail unit 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1781.
Moossavi M., Scher R.K. Complications of nail surgery: a review of the literature 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 225.
Haneke E., Baran R. Longitudinal melanonychia 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 580.
Jellinek N. Nail matrix biopsy of longitudinal melanonychia: diagnostic algorithm including the matrix shave biopsy // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56. P. 803.
Collins S.C., Cordova K.B., Jellinek N.J. Midline/paramedian longitudinal matrix excision with flap reconstruction: alternative surgical techniques for evaluation of longitudinal melanonychia // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 62. P. 627.
Baran R., Kechijian P. Hutchinsons sign: a reappraisal // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 34. P. 87.
Di Chiacchio N„ Loureiro W.R., Michalany N.S., Kezam Gabriel EV. Tangential biopsy thickness versus lesion depth in longitudinal melanonychia: a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Res Pract. 2012. Article ID 353864.
Haneke E. Advanced nail surgery // J. Cutan. Aesthet Surg. 2011. Vol. 4. P. 167.
Siegle R.J., Harkness J., Swanson N.A. Phenol alcohol technique for permanent matricectomy // Arch. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 120. P. 348.
Becerro de Bengoa Vallejo R., Losa Iglesias M.E., Viejo Tirado E, Serrano Pardo R. Cauterization of the germinal nail matrix using phenol applications of differing durations: a histologic study // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67. P. 706-711.
Rounding C., Bloomfield S. Surgical treatments for ingrowing toenails // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2005. Vol. 2. CD001541.
Kim S.H., Ко H.C., Oh C.K., Kwon K.S. et al. Trichloroacetic acid matricectomy in the treatment of ingrowing toenails 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 973.
Bostanci S., Kocyigit P., Gurgey E. Comparison of phenol and sodium hydroxide chemical matricectomies for the treatment of ingrowing toenails 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 680.
Yang K.C., Li Y.T. Treatment of recurrent ingrown great toenail associated with granulation tissue by partial nail avulsion followed by matricectomy with sharpulse carbon dioxide laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 419.
Serour F. Recurrent ingrown big toenails are efficiently treated by CO2 laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 509.
Haneke E. Nail surgery 11 Surgery of the Skin / eds J. Robinson, C.W. Hanke, D. Siegel et al. Edinburgh : Elsevier, 2010.
Jellinek N.J., Bauer J.H. En bloc excision of the nail // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1445.
Reardon C.M., McArthur P.A., Survana S.K., Brotherston T.M. The surface anatomy of the germinal matrix of the nail bed in the finger 11 J. Hand Surg. Br. 1999. Vol. 24. P. 531.
Schernberg E, Ameil M. [Local rotational flap of the nail] // Handchir. Mikrochir. Plast. Chir. 1987. Vol. 19. P. 259.
Bali D., Casanova D., Aharoni C., Mutaftschiev N. et al. [Longitudinal melanic nail bands (melanonychia): report of 22 cases] // Chir Main. 2002. Vol. 21. P. 225.
Antony A.K., Anagnos D.P. Matrix-periosteal flaps for reconstruction of nail deformity // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2002. Vol. 109. P. 1663.
Johnson R.K. Nailplasty// Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1971. Vol. 47. P. 275.
Sureda N„ Phan A., Poulalhon N„ Balme B. et al. Conservative surgical management of subungual (matrix derived) melanoma: report of seven cases and literature review // Br. J. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 165. P. 852.
Clarkson J.H., McAllister R.M., Cliff S.H., Powell B. Subungual melanoma in situ: two independent streaks in one nail bed II Br. J. Plast. Surg. 2002. Vol. 55. P. 165.
Lazar A., Abimelec P., Dumontier C. Full thickness skin graft for nail unit reconstruction // J. Hand Surg. Br. 2005. Vol. 30. P. 194.
Puhaindran M.E., Cordeiro P.G., Disa J.J., Mehrara B.J. et al. Full-thickness skin graft after nail complex resection for malignant tumors 11 Tech. Hand Up Extrem. Surg. 2011. Vol. 15. P. 84.
Lille S„ Brown R.E., Zook E.E., Russell RC. Free nonvascularized composite nail grafts: an institutional experience 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105. P. 2412.
Shepard G.H. Nail grafts for reconstruction // Hand Clin. 1990. Vol. 6. P. 79.
Endo T„ Nakayama Y, Soeda S. Nail transfer: evolution of the reconstructive procedure // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1997. Vol. 100. P. 907.
High W.A., Quirey R.A., Guillen D.R., Munxz G. et al. Presentation, histopathologic findings, and clinical outcomes in 7 cases of melanoma in situ of the nail unit // Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140. P. 1102.
Brown R.E., Zook E.G., Russell R.C. Fingertip reconstruction with flaps and nail bed grafts 11 J. Hand Surg. Am. 1999. Vol. 24. P. 345.
Rayatt S.S., Dancey A.L., Davison P.M. Thumb subungual melanoma: is amputation necessary? //J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2007. Vol. 60. P. 635.
Foucher G., Khouri R.K. Digital reconstruction with island flaps 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 1997. Vol. 24. P. 1.
Bormann G., Marsch W.C., Haerting J., Helmbold P. Concomitant traumas influence prognosis in melanomas of the nail apparatus // Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 155. P. 76.
Keyser J.J., Littler J.W., Eaton R.G. Surgical treatment of infections and lesions of the perionychium // Hand Clin. 1990. Vol. 6. P. 137.
Rigopoulos D., Larios G., Gregoriou S„ Alevizos A. Acute and chronic paronychia // Am. Fam. Physician. 2008. Vol. 77. P. 339.
Hay R.J., Baran R., Moore M.K., Wilkinson J.D. Candida onychomycosis — an evaluation of the role of Candida species in nail disease 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 118. P. 47.
Tosti A., Piraccini B.M., Ghetti E„ Colombo M.D. Topical steroids versus systemic antifungals in the treatment of chronic paronychia: an open, randomized double-blind and double dummy study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 47. P. 73.
Grover C„ Bansal S., Nanda S., Reddy B.S. et al. En bloc excision of proximal nail fold for treatment of chronic paronychia 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 393.
Lawry M.A., Haneke E„ Strobeck K., Martin S. et al. Methods for diagnosing onychomycosis: a comparative study and review of the literature // Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136. P. 1112.
Grover C., Bansal S„ Nanda S., Reddy B.S. et al. Combination of surgical avulsion and topical therapy for single nail onychomycosis: a randomized controlled trial 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 157. P. 364.
de Berker D.A., Lawrence C.M. A simplified protocol of steroid injection for psoriatic nail dystrophy 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 138. P. 90.
Haneke E. Controversies in the treatment of ingrown nails 11 Dermatol. Res. Pract. 2012. Article ID 783924.
Nishioka K., Katayama L, Kobayashi Y„ Takijiri C. et al. Taping for embedded toenails II Br. J. Dermatol. 1985. Vol. 113. P. 246.
Senapati A. Conservative outpatient management of ingrowing toenails 11 J. R. Soc. Med. 1986. Vol. 79. P. 339.
Wallace W.A., Milne D.D., Andrew T. Gutter treatment for ingrowing toenails 11 Br. Med. J. 1979. Vol. 2. P. 168.
Harrer J., Schoffl V, Hohenberger W., Schneider I. Treatment of ingrown toenails using a new conservative method: a pro spective study comparing brace treatment with Emmert’s procedure // J. Am. Podiatr. Med. Assoc. 2005. Vol. 95. P. 542.
Bos A.M., van Tilburg M.W., van Sorge A.A., Klinkenbijl J.H. Randomized clinical trial of surgical technique and local antibiotics for ingrowing toenail 11 Br. J. Surg. 2007. Vol. 94. P. 292.
Mitchell S„ Jackson C.R., Wilson-Storey D. Surgical treatment of ingrown toenails in children: what is best practice? // Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 2011. Vol. 93. P. 99.
Orenstein A., Goldan O., Weissman O. et al. A comparison between CO2 laser surgery with and without lateral fold vaporization for ingrowing toenails //J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2007. Vol. 9. P. 97.
Lin Y.C., Su H.Y. A surgical approach to ingrown nail: partial matricectomy using CO2 laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 578.
Aksakal A.B., Oztas P., Atahan C„ Gurer M.A. Decompression for the management of onychocryptosis //J. Dermatol. Treat. 2004. Vol. 15. P. 108.
Noel B. Surgical treatment of ingrown toenail without matricectomy II Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. 79.
Desciak E.B., Eliezri Y.D. Split nail deformities: a surgical approach // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 252.
Brown R.E., Zook E.G., Williams J. Correction of pincernail deformity using dermal grafting // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105. P. 1658.
Mutaf M„ Sunay M„ Isk D. A new surgical technique for the correction of pincer nail deformity 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2007. Vol. 58. P. 496.
Baran R. An effective surgical treatment for nail thickening in Dariers disease 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2005. Vol. 19. P. 689.
Baran R., Haneke E. Matricectomy and nail ablation 11 Hand Clin. 2002. Vol. 18. P. 693.
Richert B., Choffray A., de la Brassinne M. Cosmetic surgery for congenital nail deformities 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7. P. 304.
O’Leary J.A., Berend K.R., Johnson J.L., Levin L.S., Seigler H.F. Subungual melanoma. A review of 93 cases with identification of prognostic variables 11 Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 2000. Vol. 378. P. 206.
Riddel C„ Rashid R., Thomas V. Ungual and periungual human papillomavirus-associated squamous cell carcinoma: a review // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64. P. 1147.
McHugh R.W., Hazen P., Eliezri Y.D., Nuovo G.J. Metastatic periungual squamous cell carcinoma: detection of human papillomavirus type 35 RNA in the digital tumor and axillary lymph node metastases 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 34. P. 1080.
Dalle S„ Depape L., Phan A., Balme B. et al. Squamous cell carcinoma of the nail apparatus: clinicopathological study of 35 cases 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 156. P. 871.
Peterson S.R., Layton E.G., Joseph A.K. Squamous cell carcinoma of the nail unit with evidence of bony involvement: a multidisciplinary approach to resection and reconstruction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 218.
Dika E„ Piraccini B.M., Balestri R. et al. Mohs surgery for squamous cell carcinoma of the nail: report of 15 cases. Our experience and a long-term follow up 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2012.Vol. 167. P. 1310-1314.
De Berker D. Hold on the amputation // Br. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 148. P. 1077.
de Berker D.A., Dahl M.G., Malcolm A.J., Lawrence C.M. Micrographic surgery for subungual squamous cell carcinoma 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1996. Vol. 49. P. 414.
Rosen L.R., Powell K., Katz S.R., Wu H.T. et al. Subungual squamous cell carcinoma: radiation therapy as an alternative to amputation and review of the literature 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 11. P. 285.
Yaparpalvi R., Mahadevia P.S., Gorla G.R., Beitler J.J. Radiation therapy for the salvage of unresectable subungual squamous cell carcinoma 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 294.
Grootenboers D.A., Poortmans P.M., Haas R.L. Radiotherapy preserves fingers in the management of subungual squamous cell carcinoma, obviating the need for amputation // Radiother. Oncol. 2007. Vol. 85. P. 473.
Martinelli P.T., Cohen P.R., Schulze K.E., Dorsey K.E. et al. Periungual basal cell carcinoma: case report and literature review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 320.
Baran R., Sayag J. Nail biopsy — why, when, where, how? 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. 1976. Vol. 2. P. 322.
Forman S.B., Ferringer T.C., Garrett A.B. Basal cell carcinoma of the nail unit 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56. P. 811.
Cohen PR. Metastatic tumors to the nail unit: subungual metastases 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 280.
Braun R.P., Baran R., Le Gal F.A. et al. Diagnosis and management of nail pigmentations // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56. P. 835.
Levit E.K., Kagen M.H., Scher R.K., Grossman M. et al. The ABC rule for clinical detection of subungual melanoma // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 42. P. 269.
Brodland D.G. The treatment of nail apparatus melanoma with Mohs micrographic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 269.
Moehrle M„ Metzger S., Schippert W„ Garbe C. et al. «Functional» surgery in subungual melanoma // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 366.
Cohen T., Busam K.J., Patel A., Brady M.S. Subungual melanoma: management considerations // Am. J. Surg. 2008. Vol. 195. P. 244.
Martin D.E., English J.C., Goitz R.J. Subungual malignant melanoma 11 J. Hand Surg. Am. 2011. Vol. 36. P. 704.
Walsh M.L., Shipley D.V, de Berker D.A. Survey of patients’ experiences after nail surgery 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 34. P. el54.
de Berker D.A., Dahl M.G., Comaish J.S., Lawrence C.M. Nail surgery, an assessment of indications and outcome // Acta Derm. Venereol. 1996. Vol. 76. P. 484.
Alam M., Moossavi M., Ginsburg I., Scher R.K. A psychometric study of patients with nail dystrophies 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45. P. 851.
Gilles G.A., Dennis K.J., Harkless L.B. Periostitis associated with phenol matricectomies 11 J. Am. Podiatr. Med. Assoc. 1986. Vol. 76. P. 469.
Batra R.S. Surgical techniques for scar revision // Skin Ther. Lett. 2005. Vol. 10, N 4. P. 4-7.
Horswell B.B. Scar modification: techniques for revision and camouflage 11 Atlas Oral Maxillofac. Surg. Clin. North Am. 1998. Vol. 6, N 2. P. 55-72.
Thomas J.R., Prendiville S. Update in scar revision // Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2002. Vol. 10, N 1. P. 103-111.
Lee K.K., Mehrany K., Swanson N.A. Surgical revision // Dermatol. Clin. 2005. Vol. 23, N 1. P. 141-150.
Kaplan В., Potter T., Moy R.L. Scar revision 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 435-442.
Brenner M.J., Perro C.A. Recontouring, resurfacing, and scar revision in skin cancer reconstruction // Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2009. Vol. 17. P. 469-487.
Wilson A.L. Widening of scars: foe coaxed into a friend? The Millard technique revisited 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 106, N 7. P. 1488-1493.
Roenigk R.K., Wheeland R.G. Tissue expansion in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1987. Vol. 5, N 2. P. 429-436.
Snow S.N., Stiff M.A., Lambert D.R. Scalpel sculpturing techniques for graft revision and dermatologic surgery // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 120-126.
Shockley W.W. Scar revision techniques: Z-plasty, W-plasty, and geometric broken line closure 11 Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2011. Vol. 19, N 3. P. 455-463.
Hove C.R., Williams E.F., Rodgers B.J. Z-Plasty: a concise review // Facial Plast. Surg. 2001. Vol. 17, N 4. P. 289-294.
Isenhath S.N., Swanson N.A., Lee K.K. Scar revision 11 Surgery of the Skin: Procedural Dermatology. 2nd ed. I eds J.K. Robinson, C.W. Hanke, D.M. Siegel, A. Fratila. Philadelphia, PA : Elsevier/Mosby, 2010. Ch. 20.
Chang C.W., Ries W.R. Nonoperative techniques for scar management and revision 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2001. Vol. 17, N 4. P. 283-288.
Hauben D.J., Baruchin A., Mahler A. On the history of the free skin graft 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1982. Vol. 9, N 3. P. 242-245.
Adams D.C., Ramsey M.L. Grafts in dermatologic surgery: review and update on full- and split-thickness skin grafts, free cartilage grafts, and composite grafts // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 8. Pt 2. P. 1055-1067.
Converse J.M., Smahel J., Ballantyne D.L. Jr, Harper A.D. Inosculation of vessels of skin graft and host bed: a fortuitous encounter 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1975. Vol. 28, N 4. P. 274-282.
Converse J.M., Uhlschmid G.K., Ballantyne D.L. Jr. «Plasmatic circulation» in skin grafts. The phase of serum imbibition 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1969. Vol. 43, N 5. P. 495-499.
Clemmesen T., Ronhovde D.A. Restoration of the blood-supply to human skin autografts И Scand. J. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1968. Vol. 2, N 1. P. 44-46.
Gingrass P., Grabb W.C., Gingrass R.P. Skin graft survival on avascular defects // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1975. Vol. 55, N 1. P. 65-70.
Johnson T.M., Ratner D., Nelson B.R. Soft tissue reconstruction with skin grafting 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 27, N 2. Pt l.P. 151-165.
Unal S., Ersoz G., Demirkan E, Arslan E. et al. Analysis of skingraft loss due to infection: infection-related graft loss 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2005. Vol. 55, N 1. P. 102-106.
Ratner D. Skin grafting // Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2003. Vol. 22, N 4. P. 295-305.
Kaufman AJ. Adjacent-tissue skin grafts for reconstruction // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 10. P. 1349-1353.
Silapunt S„ Peterson S.R., Alam M., Goldberg L.H. Clinical appearance of full-thickness skin grafts of the nose // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 177-183.
Zitelli J. A. Burow’s grafts 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 17, N2. Pt l.P. 271-279.
Breach N.M. Pre-auricular full-thickness skin grafts 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1978. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 124-126.
Corwin T.R., Klein A.W., Habal M.B. The aesthetics of the preauricular graft in facial reconstruction // Ann. Plast. Surg. 1982. Vol. 9,N4.P. 312-315.
Beare R.L., Bennett J.P. The naso-labial full thickness graft // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1972. Vol. 25, N 3. P. 315-317.
Rohrer T.E., Dzubow L.M. Conchal bowl skin grafting in nasal tip reconstruction: clinical and histologic evaluation // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 33, N 3. P. 476-481.
Stucker F.J. Jr, Shaw G.Y. The perichondrial cutaneous graft. A 12-year clinical experience 11 Arch. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 1992. Vol. 118, N 3. P. 287-292.
Palkar V.M. Full-thickness skin grafting 11 J. Surg. Oncol. 2000. Vol. 73, N l.P. 31.
Ratner D. Skin grafting. From here to there 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1998. Vol. 16, N 1. P. 75-90.
Hill T.G. Contouring of donor skin in full-thickness skin grafting 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1987. Vol. 13, N 8. P. 883-888.
Mellette J.R. Jr, Swinehart J.M. Cartilage removal prior to skin grafting in the triangular fossa, antihelix, and concha of the ear // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16, N 12. P. 1102-1105.
Langtry J.A., Kirkham P., Martin I.C., Fordyce A. Tie-over bolster dressings may not be necessary to secure small full thickness skin grafts 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1998. Vol. 24, N 12. P. 1350-1353.
Shimizu L, MacFarlane D.F. Full-thickness skin grafts may not need tie-over bolster dressings 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2013. Vol. 39, N 5. P. 726-728.
Brady J.G., Grande D.J., Katz A.E. The purse-string suture in facial reconstruction // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18, N 9. P. 812-816.
Robinson J.K., Dillig G. The advantages of delayed nasal fullthickness skin grafting after Mohs micrographic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 9. P. 845-851.
Meyers S., Rohrer T, Grande D. Use of dermal grafts in reconstructing deep nasal defects and shaping the ala nasi 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 3. P. 300-305.
Fader D.J., Wang T.S., Johnson T.M. Nasal reconstruction utilizing a muscle hinge flap with overlying full-thickness skin graft 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43, N 5. Pt 1. P. 837-840.
Halpern M., Adams C., Ratner D. Galeal hinge flaps: a useful technique for immediate repair of scalp defects extending to periosteum // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 1. P. 127-130.
Johnson T.M., Baker S„ Brown M.D., Nelson B.R. Utility of the subcutaneous hinge flap in nasal reconstruction // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 30, N 3. P. 459-466.
Draper B.K., Wentzell J.M. The «drumhead» graft repair of deep nasal alar defects // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 1. P. 17-22.
Gloster H.M. Jr, Brodland D.G. The use of perichondrial cutaneous grafts to repair defects of the lower third of the nose 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 136, N 1. P. 43-46.
Nehal K.S., Levine V.J., Ross B., Ashinoff R. Comparison of high-energy pulsed carbon dioxide laser resurfacing and dermabrasion in the revision of surgical scars 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1998. Vol. 24, N 6. P. 647-650.
Geyer A.S., Pasternack E, Adams C., Ratner D. Use of a skinfat composite graft to prevent alar notching: an alternative to delayed postoperative repair // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 5. P. 602-607.
Haas A.F., Glogau R.G. A variation of composite grafting for reconstruction of full-thickness nasal alar defects // Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130, N 8. P. 978-980.
Otley C.C., Sherris D.A. Spectrum of cartilage grafting in cutaneous reconstructive surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 39, N 6. P. 982-992.
Field L.M. Nasal alar rim reconstruction utilizing the crus of the helix, with several alternatives for donor site closure 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1986. Vol. 12, N 3. P. 253-258.
Robinson J.K., Burget G.C. Nasal valve malfunction resulting from resection of cancer 11 Arch. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 1990. Vol. 116, N 12. P. 1419-1424.
Me L.C. Composite ear grafts and their blood supply 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1954. Vol. 7, N 3. P. 274-278.
Ruch M.K. Utilization of composite free grafts 11 J. Int. Coll. Surg. 1958. Vol. 30, N 2. P. 274-275.
Weisberg N.K., Becker D.S. Repair of nasal ala defects with conchal bowl composite grafts // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 11. P. 1047-1051.
Teltzrow T, Arens A., Schwipper V. One-stage reconstruction of nasal defects: evaluation of the use of modified auricular composite grafts 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2011. Vol. 27, N 3. P. 243-248.
Keck T, Lindemann J., Kuhnemann S., Sigg O. Healing of composite chondrocutaneous auricular grafts covered by skin flaps in nasal reconstructive surgery 11 Laryngoscope. 2003. Vol. 113, N2. P. 248-253.
Meade R.J. Composite ear grafts for construction of columella; composite ear grafts for the correction of nasal deformities associated with cleft lip and other congenital and posttrau-matic deficiencies of the columella 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. Transplant. Bull. 1959. Vol. 23, N 2. P. 134-147.
Raghavan U., Jones N.S. Use of the auricular composite graft in nasal reconstruction 11 J. Laryngol. Otol. 2001. Vol. 115, N 11. P. 885-893.
Ratner D., Katz A., Grande D.J. An interlocking auricular composite graft 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21, N 9. P. 789-792.
Cummings C.W., Flint P.W., Haughey B.H. et al. (eds). Infections of the external ear. Chapter 137 11 Otolaryngology: Head and Neck Surgery. 5th ed. Philadelphia, PA : Mosby/ Elsevier, 2010.
Andreassi A., Bilenchi R„ Biagioli M„ DAniello C. Classification and pathophysiology of skin grafts // Clin. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 23, N 4. P. 332-337.
Sage R.J., Leach B.C., Cook J. Antihelical cartilage grafts for reconstruction of mohs micrographic surgery defects 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 12. P. 1930-1937.
Cervelli V, Spallone D., Bottini J.D. et al. Alar batten cartilage graft: treatment of internal and external nasal valve collapse // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 33, N 4. P. 625-634.
Millman B. Alar batten grafting for management of the collapsed nasal valve 11 Laryngoscope. 2002. Vol. 112, N 3. P. 574-579.
Toriumi D.M., Josen J., Weinberger M., Tardy M.E. Jr. Use of alar batten grafts for correction of nasal valve collapse // Arch. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 1997. Vol. 123, N 8. P. 802-808.
Byrd D.R., Otley C.C., Nguyen TH. Alar batten cartilage grafting in nasal reconstruction: functional and cosmetic results 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43, N 5. Pt 1. P. 833-836.
Ratner D., Skouge J.W. Surgical pearl: the use of free cartilage grafts in nasal alar reconstruction // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997.Vol. 36, N 4. P. 622-624.
Zopf D.A., lams W., Kim J.C., Baker S.R. et al. Full-thickness skin graft overlying a separately harvested auricular cartilage graft for nasal alar reconstruction 11 JAMA Facial Plast. Surg. 2013. Vol. 15, N 2. P. 131-134.
Ibrahimi O.A., Campbell T, Youker S„ Eisen D.B. Nonanatomic free cartilage batten grafting with second intention healing for defects on the distal nose 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 11, Nl.P. 46-50.
van der Eerden P.A., Verdam F.J., Dennis S.C., Vuyk H. Free cartilage grafts and healing by secondary intention: a viable reconstructive combination after excision of nonmelanoma skin cancer in the nasal alar region // Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 11, Nl.P. 18-23.
Marks M.W., Argenta L.C., Friedman R.J., Hall J.D. Conchal cartilage and composite grafts for correction of lower lid retraction 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1989. Vol. 83, N 4. P. 629-635.
Matsuo K„ Hirose T, Takahashi N.. Iwasawa M., Satoh R. Lower eyelid reconstruction with a conchal cartilage graft // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1987. Vol. 80, N 4. P. 547-552.
Campbell R.M., Perlis C.S., Fisher E., Gloster H.M. Jr. Gentamicin ointment versus petrolatum for management of auricular wounds // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 6. P. 664-669.
Kaplan A.L., Cook J.L. The incidences of chondritis and perichondritis associated with the surgical manipulation of auricular cartilage 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 1. P. 58-62; discussion 62.
Anderson J.J., Wallin K.J., Spencer L. Split thickness skin grafts for the treatment of non-healing foot and leg ulcers in patients with diabetes: a retrospective review 11 Diabet. Foot Ankle. 2012. Vol. 3. P. 1-7.
Ameer E, Singh A.K., Kumar S. Evolution of instruments for harvest of the skin grafts // Indian J. Plast. Surg. 2013. Vol. 46, Nl.P. 28-35.
Snow S.N., Stiff M., Lambert D., Tsoi C. et al. Freehand technique to harvest partial-thickness skin to repair superficial facial defects 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21, N 2. P. 153-157.
Johnson T, Ratner D. Skin grafts // Textbook of Dermatologic Surgery I ed. J. Ratz. Philadelphia, PA : Lippincott-Raven, 1998.
Quilichini J., Benjoar M.D., Hivelin M„ Lantieri L. Split-thickness skin graft harvested from the scalp for the coverage of extensive temple or forehead defects in elderly patients 11 Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 14, N 2. P. 137-139.
Weyandt G.H., Bauer B., Berens N., Hamm H. et al. Split-skin grafting from the scalp: the hidden advantage 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 12. P. 1873-1879.
Foroozan M., Pouaha J., Truchetet F. Simple method for harvesting split-thickness skin grafts // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 11. P. 1743-1745.
Housewright C.D., Lenis A., Butler D.F. Oscillating electric dermatome use for harvesting split-thickness skin grafts 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 7. P. 1179-1182.
Sterling J.B., Skouge J.W. Surgical glue to secure small split-thickness skin grafts: a cost-effective and time-saving technique 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 246-247; discussion 247-248.
Karlsson M., Lindgren M., Jarnhed-Andersson L, Tarpila E. Dressing the split-thickness skin graft donor site: a randomized clinical trial 11 Adv. Skin Wound Care. 2014. Vol. 27, N 1. P. 20-25.
Rakel B.A., Bermel M.A., Abbott L.I. et al. Split-thickness skin graft donor site care: a quantitative synthesis of the research 11 Appl. Nurs. Res. 1998. Vol. 11, N 4. P. 174-182.
Roxbury С., Ishii М„ Godoy A. et al. Impact of crooked nose rhinoplasty on observer perceptions of attractiveness // Laryngoscope. 2012. Vol. 122, N 4. P. 773-778.
Springer I.N., Wannicke B., Warnke P.H. et al. Facial attractiveness: visual impact of symmetry increases significantly towards the midline 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2007. Vol. 59, N 2. P. 156-162.
Godoy A., Ishii M., Byrne P.J., Boahene K.D. et al. The straight truth: measuring observer attention to the crooked nose 11 Laryngoscope. 2011. Vol. 121, N 5. P. 937-941.
Godoy A., Ishii M„ Byrne P.J., Boahene K.D. et al. How facial lesions impact attractiveness and perception: differential effects of size and location // Laryngoscope. 2011. Vol. 121, N 12. P. 2542-2547.
Han S.K., Lee D.G., Kim J.B., Kim W.K. An anatomic study of nasal tip supporting structures // Ann. Plast. Surg. 2004. Vol. 52, N 2. P. 134-139.
Rohrich R.J., Hoxworth R.E., Thornton J.F., Pessa J.E. The pyriform ligament // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 121, N 1. P. 277-281.
Saban Y„ Andretto Amodeo C., Hammou J.C., Polselli R. An anatomical study of the nasal superficial musculoaponeu-rotic system: surgical applications in rhinoplasty// Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2008. Vol. 10, N 2. P. 109-115.
Bruintjes T.D., van Olphen A.F., Hillen B., Huizing E.H. A functional anatomic study of the relationship of the nasal cartilages and muscles to the nasal valve area // Laryngoscope. 1998. Vol. 108, N 7. P. 1025-1032.
Ali-Salaam P., Kashgarian M„ Davila J., Persing J. Anatomy of the Caucasian alar groove 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2002. Vol. 110, N 1. P. 261-266; discussion 267-271.
Hur M.S., Hu K.S., Youn K.H., Song W.C. et al. New anatomical profile of the nasal musculature: dilator naris vestibularis, dilator naris anterior, and alar part of the nasalis 11 Clin. Anat. 2011. Vol. 24, N2. P. 162-167.
Figallo E.E., Acosta J.A. Nose muscular dynamics: the tip trigonum // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 108, N 5. P. 1118-1126.
Burget G.C., Menick FJ. The subunit principle in nasal reconstruction // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1985. Vol. 76, N 2. P. 239-247.
Rohrich R.J., Griffin J.R., Ansari M., Beran S.J. et al. Nasal reconstruction-beyond aesthetic subunits: a 15-year review of 1334 cases 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2004. Vol. 114, N 6. P. 1405-1416; discussion 1417-1419.
Rahman M., Jefferson N„ Stewart D.A., Oliver R. et al. The histology of facial aesthetic subunits: implications for common nasal reconstructive procedures 11 J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2010. Vol. 63, N 5. P. 753-756.
Lane A.P. Nasal anatomy and physiology 11 Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2004. Vol. 12, N 4. P. 387-395, v.
Lee J., White W.M., Constantinides M. Surgical and nonsurgi-cal treatments of the nasal valves 11 Otolaryngol. Clin. North Am. 2009. Vol. 42, N 3. P. 495-511.
Menick F.J. A 10-year experience in nasal reconstruction with the three-stage forehead flap 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2002. Vol. 109, N 6. P. 1839-1855; discussion 1856-1861.
Burget G.C., Menick F.J. Nasal support and lining: the marriage of beauty and blood supply // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1989. Vol. 84, N 2. P. 189-202.
Reece E.M., Schaverien M., Rohrich R.J. The paramedian forehead flap: a dynamic anatomical vascular study verifying safety and clinical implications // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 121, N6. P. 1956-1963.
Yu D., Weng R., Wang H., Mu X. et al. Anatomical study of forehead flap with its pedicle based on cutaneous branch of supratrochlear artery and its application in nasal reconstruction 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2010. Vol. 65, N 2. P. 183-187.
Vural E., Batay E, Key J.M. Glabellar frown lines as a reliable landmark for the supratrochlear artery 11 Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 2000. Vol. 123, N 5. P. 543-546.
Janis J.E., Ghavami A., Lemmon J.A., Leedy J.E. et al. The anatomy of the corrugator supercilii muscle: part II. Supraorbital nerve branching patterns 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 121, N 1. P. 233-240.
Janis J.E., Ghavami A., Lemmon J.A., Leedy J.E. et al. Anatomy of the corrugator supercilii muscle: part I. Corrugator topography 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120, N 6. P. 1647-1653.
Somoano B., Kampp J., Gladstone H.B. Accelerated takedown of the paramedian forehead flap at 1 week: indications, technique, and improving patient quality of life 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 1. P. 97-105.
Herbert D.C. A subcutaneous pedicled cheek flap for reconstruction of alar defects 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1978. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 79-92.
Pharis D.B., Papadopoulos D.J. Superiorly based nasolabial interpolation flap for repair of complex nasal tip defects // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 1. P. 19-24.
Fisher G.H., Cook J.W. The interpolated paranasal flap: a novel and advantageous option for nasal-alar reconstruction 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 4. P. 656-661.
Fosko S.W., Dzubow L.M. Nasal reconstruction with the cheek island pedicle flap // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 35, N 4. P. 580-587.
Fader D.J., Baker S.R., Johnson T.M. The staged cheek-to-nose interpolation flap for reconstruction of the nasal alar rim/lobule //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37, N 4. P. 614-619.
Cook J.L. The lateral alas volume and position are critical determinants of aesthetically successful nasal reconstruction: a photographic case series 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 4. P. 667-673.
Zitelli J. A. Secondary intention healing: an alternative to surgical repair 11 Clin. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 2, N 3. P. 92-106.
Zitelli J.A. Wound healing by secondary intention. A cosmetic appraisal // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1983. Vol. 9, N 3. P. 407-415.
Fader D.J., Wise C.G., Normolle D.P., Johnson T.M. The multidisciplinary melanoma clinic: a cost outcomes analysis of specialty care 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 38, N 5. Pt 1. P. 742-751.
Karsidag S., Ozcan A., Sumer O., Ugurlu K. Single-stage ala nasi reconstruction: lateral nasal artery perforator flap 11 J. Craniofac. Surg. 2010. Vol. 21, N 6. P. 1887-1889.
Smit J.M., Ruhe P.Q., Acosta R., Kooloos J.G. et al. The nasolabial fold as potential vascular receptor site: an anatomic study// J. Reconstr. Microsurg. 2009. Vol. 25, N 9. P. 539-543.
Rohrich R.J., Pessa J.E. The fat compartments of the face: anatomy and clinical implications for cosmetic surgery 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 119, N 7. P. 2219-2227; discussion 2228-2231.
Allison G.R. Anatomy of the auricle // Clin. Plast. Surg. 1990. Vol. 17, N 2. P. 209-212.
Sdafani A.P., Mashkevich G. Aesthetic reconstruction of the auricle 11 Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2006. Vol. 14, N2. P. 103-116, vi.
Park S.S., Hood R.J. Auricular reconstruction 11 Otolaryngol. Clin. North Am. 2001. Vol. 34, N 4. P. 713-738, v-vi.
Brodland D.G. Auricular reconstruction // Dermatol. Clin. 2005. Vol. 23, N l.P. 23-41, v.
Park C., Lineaweaver W.C., Rumly TO., Buncke H.J. Arterial supply of the anterior ear 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1992. Vol. 90, N 1. P. 38-44.
Farkas L.G. Vertical location of the ear, assessed by the Lei-ber test, in healthy North American Caucasians 6-19 years of age 11 Arch. Otorhinolaryngol. 1978. Vol. 220, N 1-2. P. 9-13.
Adamson J.E., Horton C.E., Crawford H.H. The growth pattern of the external ear // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1965. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 466-470.
Shonka D.C. Jr, Park S.S. Ear defects // Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2009. Vol. 17, N 3. P. 429-443.
Johnson T.M., Fader D.J. The staged retroauricular to auricular direct pedicle (interpolation) flap for helical ear reconstruction 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37, N 6. P. 975-978.
Mellette J.R., Ho D.Q. Interpolation flaps // Dermatol. Clin. 2005. Vol. 23, N 1. P. 87-112, vi.
Justiniano H., Eisen D.B. Pearls for perfecting the mastoid interpolation flap // Dermatol. Online J. 2009. Vol. 15, N 6. P. 2.
Moody B.R., Sengelmann R.D. Standing cone avoidance via advancement flap modification 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 632-635.
Kaufmann A.J. Helical rim advancement flaps for reconstruction // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. 1229-1232.
Saleh D.B., Tan J., Mohammed P., Majumder S. The lobular transposition flap: a useful adjunct to reconstruct helical defects //J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2012. Vol. 65. P. 963-965.
Braun M. The island pedicle flap 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 995-1005.
Behan F. The Keystone design perforator island flap in reconstructive surgery 11 Aust. N. Z. J. Surg. 2003. Vol. 73. P. 112-120.
Hu M., Bordeaux J.S. The Keystone flap for lower extremity defects // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 490-493.
Buckingham E.D., Quinn F.B., Calhoun K.H. Optimal design of O-to-Z flaps for closure of facial skin defects // Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2003. Vol. 5. P. 92-95.
Honda K., Reichel J., Odland P. Anchored rotation flap for infraorbital cheek reconstruction // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 516-520.
Hussain W., Tan E., Salmon P.J.M. Inferiorly based crescentic sliding cheek flaps for the reconstruction of paranasal surgical defects 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 249-255.
Humphreys T.R. Use of the «spiral» Flap for closure of small defects of the nasal ala 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 409-410.
Mahlberg M.J., Leach B.C., Cook J. The spiral flap for nasal alar reconstruction: our experience with 63 patients 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 373-380.
Wentzell J.M. Dorsal nasal flap for reconstruction of fullthickness defects of the nose // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1171-1178.
Cook J.L. Reconstructive utility of the bilobed flap: lessons from flap successes and failures // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1024-1033.
Moy R.L., Grossfeld J.S., Baum M„ Rivlin D. et al. Reconstruction of the nose utilizing a bilobed flap 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 33. P. 657-660.
Cook J.L. A review of the bilobed flaps design with particular emphasis on the minimization of alar displacement 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 354-362.
Albertini J.G., Hansen J.P. Trilobed flap reconstruction for distal nasal skin defects // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1726-1735.
Otley С.С. Perioperative evaluation and management in dermatologic surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 1. P. 119-127.
Macrae W.A. Chronic pain after surgery // Br. J. Anaesth. 2001. Vol. 87, N 1. P. 88-98.
Perlis C.S., Campbell R.M., Perlis R.H., Malik M. et al. Incidence of and risk factors for medical malpractice lawsuits among Mohs surgeons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 79-83.
Goldberg L.H., Alam M. Elliptical excisions: variations and the eccentric parallelogram 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N 2. P. 176-180.
Dunlavey E., Leshin B. The simple excision 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1998. Vol. 16, Nl.P. 49-64.
Moody B.R., McCarthy J.E., Sengelmann R.D. The apical angle: a mathematical analysis of the ellipse 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, Nl.P. 61-63.
Weisberg N.K., Nehal K.S., Zide B.M. Dog-ears: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 4. P. 363-370.
Cook J., Zitelli J.A. Primary closure for midline defects of the nose: a simple approach for reconstruction 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43, N 3. P. 508-510.
Borges A.E Relaxed skin tension lines (RSTL) versus other skin lines II Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1984. Vol. 73, N 1. P. 144-150.
Robinson J., Hanke C.W., Siegal D.M., Fratila A. Surgery of the Skin: Procedural Dermatology. Philadelphia, PA : Elsevier, 2010. P. 239-250.
Zitelli J.A. TIPS for a better ellipse 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 22, N 1. P. 101-103.
Mizunuma M., Yanai A., Tsutsumi S. et al. Can dog-ear formation be decreased when an S-shaped skin resection is used instead of a spindle skin resection? A three-dimensional analysis of skin surgery techniques using the finite element method // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 106, N 4. P. 845-848; discussion 849-851.
Salasche S.J., Roberts L.C. Dog-ear correction by M-plasty 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1984. Vol. 10, N 6. P. 478-482.
Krishnan R.S., Donnelly H.B. The nested M-plasty for scar length shortening 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 9. P. 1236-1238.
Wisco O.J., Wentzell J.M. When an M is a V: vector analysis calls for redesign of the M-plasty // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N8. P. 1271-1276.
Gormley D.E. A brief analysis of the Burows wedge/trian-gle principle // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11, N 2. P. 121-123.
Oberemok S„ Eliezri Y, Desciak E. Burow’s wedge flap revisited 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 210-216; discussion 216.
Morganroth P.A., Gelfand J.M., Jambusaria A., Margolis D.J. et al. A randomized, double-blind comparison of the total dose of 1.0% lidocaine with 1:100 000 epinephrine versus 0,5% lidocaine with 1:200 000 epinephrine required for effective local anesthesia during Mohs micrographic surgery for skin cancers // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 60, N 3. P.444-452.
Stewart J.H., Cole G.W., Klein J.A. Neutralized lidocaine with epinephrine for local anesthesia // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15, N 10. P. 1081-1083.
Sobanko J.E, Swanson N.A., Lee K.K. Biopsy techniques // Cancer of the Skin. 2nd ed. I eds D.S. Rigel, J.K. Robinson, M.I. Ross et al. Philadelphia, PA : Saunders, 2011. P. 434-443.
Pearl R.M., Johnson D. The vascular supply to the skin: an anatomical and physiological reappraisal — part I // Ann. Plast. Surg. 1983. Vol. 11, N 2. P. 99-105.
Pearl R.M., Johnson D. The vascular supply to the skin: an anatomical and physiological reappraisal — part II 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1983. Vol. 11, N 3. P. 196-205.
Kantor J. The fascial plication suture: an adjunct to layered wound closure 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 145, N 12. P. 1454-1456. Boyer J.D., Zitelli J.A., Brodland D.G. Undermining in cutaneous surgery// Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 1. P. 75-78.
Zitelli J.A., Moy R.L. Buried vertical mattress suture 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15, N 1. P. 17-19.
Davis J.S. The on-end or vertical mattress suture 11 Ann. Surg. 1933. Vol. 98, N 5. P. 941-951.
Nevarre D.R. Increasing efficiency in the operative field: knot tying, instrument ties, and locking the suture 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1998. Vol. 40, N 3. P. 313-315.
Kudur M.H., Pai S.B., Sripathi H., Prabhu S. Sutures and suturing techniques in skin closure 11 Indian J. Dermatol. Venereol. Leprol. 2009. Vol. 75, N 4. P. 425-434.
Dzubow L.M. The dynamics of dog-ear formation and correction 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11, N 7. P. 722-728.
Lee K.S., Kim N.G., Jang P.Y. et al. Statistical analysis of surgical dog-ear regression // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 8. P. 1070-1076.
Lee T.S., Murakami C.S., Suryadevara A.C. Tissue conservation using circular defect with dog-ear deformities excision technique 11 Laryngoscope. 2011. Vol. 121, N 11. P. 2299-2304.
Hudson-Peacock M.J., Matthews J.N., Lawrence C.M. Relation between size of skin excision, wound, and specimen 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32, N 6. P. 1010-1005.
Ek L., Hogstedt B., Herrstrom P. Scar area and cosmetic outcome after circular and elliptical excision of small skin lesions //J. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2004. Vol. 8, N 1. P. 11-15.
Seo S.H., Son S.W., Kim I.H. Round excisions lead to shorter scars and better scar positioning than traditional elliptical excisions II Dermatology. 2008. Vol. 217, N 3. P. 276-280.
Hudson-Peacock M.J., Lawrence C.M. Comparison of wound closure by means of dog ear repair and elliptical excision 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32, N 4. P. 627-630.
Hochberg J., Meyer К., Marion М. Suture choice and other methods of skin closure 11 Surg. Clin. North Am. 2009. Vol. 89. P. 627-641.
Bennett R.G. Selection of wound closure materials 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 18. P. 619-637.
Gabrielli E, Potenza C., Puddu P., Sera F. et al. Suture materials and other factors associated with tissue reactivity, infection, and wound dehiscence among plastic surgery outpatients 11 Plast. Reconstr Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 38-45.
Tajirian A., Goldberg D. A review of sutures and other skin closure materials 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2010. Vol. 12. P. 296-302.
Bloom B., Goldberg D. Suture material in cosmetic cutaneous surgery 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2007. Vol. 9. P. 41-45.
Ford H., Jones P., Gaines B., Reblock K., Simpkins D. Intraoperative handling and wound healing: controlled clinical trial comparing coated VICRYL plus antibacterial suture (coated polyglactin 910 suture with triclosan) with coated VICRYL suture (coated polyglactin 910 suture) // Surg. Infect. 2005. Vol. 6. P. 313-321.
Seim B„ Tnmnessen T., Woldbaek P. Triclosan-coated sutures do not reduce leg wound infections after coronary artery bypass grafting 11 Interact. Cardiovasc. Thorac. Surg. 2012. Vol. 15. P. 411-415.
Chang W., Srinivasa S., Morton R., Hill A. Triclosan-impregnated sutures to decrease surgical site infections: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials 11 Ann. Surg. 2012. Vol. 255. P. 854-859.
Chen S.Y., Chen T.M., Dai N.T., Fu J.P. et al. Do antibacterial-coated sutures reduce wound infection in head and neck cancer reconstruction? 11 Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 300-304.
Sanz L.E., Patterson J.A., Kamath R., Willett G. et al. Comparison of Maxon suture with Vicryl, chromic catgut, and PDS sutures in fascial closure in rats 11 Obstet. Gynecol. 1988. Vol. 71. P. 418-422.
Parell G.J., Becker G. Comparison of absorbable with nonabsorbable sutures in closure of facial skin wounds 11 Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2003. Vol. 5. P. 488-490.
Bezwada R.S., Jamiolkowski D.D., Lee I.Y. et al. Monocryl suture, a new ultra-pliable absorbable monofilament suture 11 Biomaterials. 1995. Vol. 16. P. 1141-1148.
Niessen F.B., Spauwen P.H., Коп M. The role of suture material in hypertrophic scar formation: Monocryl vs Vicryl-rapi-de 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1997. Vol. 39. P. 254-260.
Rosenzweig L., Abdelmalek M., Ho J., Hruza G. Equal cosmetic outcomes with 5-0 poliglecaprone-25 versus 6-0 polypropylene for superficial closures // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1126-1129.
Molea G, Schonauer F, Bifulco G, DAngelo D. Comparative study on biocompatibility and absorption times of three absorbable monofilament suture materials (Polydioxanone, Poliglecaprone 25, Glycomer 631) // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 2000. Vol. 53. P. 137-141.
Cross К., Teo E., Wong S. et al. The absorbable dermal staple device: a faster, more cost-effective method for incisional closure 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2009. Vol. 124. P. 156-162.
Edlich R., Drake D., Rodeheaver G. et al. Syneture stainless STEEL suture. A collective review of its performance in surgical wound closure 11 J. Long Term Eff. Med. Implants. 2006. Vol. 16. P. 101-110.
Sniezek P.J., Walling H.W, DeBloom J.R. 3rd et al. A randomized controlled trial of high-viscosity 2-octyl cyanoacrylate tissue adhesive versus sutures in repairing facial wounds following Mohs micrographic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 966-971.
Craven N.M., Telfer N.R. An open study of tissue adhesive in fullthickness skin grafting // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 40. P. 607-611.
Bernard L., Doyle J., Friedlander S.F., Eichenfield L.F. et al. A prospective comparison of octyl cyanoacrylate tissue adhesive (dermabond) and suture for the closure of excisional wounds in children and adolescents 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 137. P. 1177-1180.
Plotner A., Mailler Savage E., Adams B., Gloster H. Layered closure versus buried sutures and adhesive strips for cheek defect repair after cutaneous malignancy excision 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64. P. 1115-1118.
Kolt J.D. Use of adhesive surgical tape with the absorbable continuous subcuticular closure 11 Aust. N. Z. J. Surg. 2003. Vol. 73, N 8. P. 626-629.
Dresner H„ Hilger P. Comparison of incision closures with subcuticular and percutaneous staples // Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 11. P. 320-326.
Fiennes A.G. Interrupted subcuticular polyglactin sutures for abdominal wounds 11 Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 1985. Vol. 67. P. 121-121.
Zitelli J.A., Moy R.L. Buried vertical mattress suture 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 17-19.
Singer A., Gulla J., Hein M„ Marchini S. et al. Singlelayer versus double-layer closure of facial lacerations: a randomized controlled trial 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 116. P. 363-368.
Alam M., Goldberg L. Utility of fully buried horizontal mattress sutures 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 50. P. 73-76.
Giandoni M.B., Grabski WJ. Surgical pearl: the dermal buried pulley suture //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 30. P. 1012-1013.
Yag-Howard C. Novel surgical approach to subcutaneous closure: the subcutaneous inverted cross mattress stitch (SICM Stitch) // Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1503-1505.
Genders R„ Hamminga E„ Kukutsch N. Securing the subcuticular running suture // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 1722-1724.
Alam M., Posten W., Martini M., Wrone D. et al. Aesthetic and functional efficacy of subcuticular running epidermal closures of the trunk and extremity: a rater-blinded randomized control trial // Arch. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 142. P. 1272-1278.
Maher L, Bingham J., Mellette R. A running modification of the percutaneous buried vertical mattress 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 1560-1562.
Snow S.N., Dortzbach R., Moyer D. Managing common suturing problems 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17. P. 502-508.
Kouba D., Miller S. «Running pleated» suture technique opposes wound edges of unequal lengths // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 411-414.
Krunic A., Weitzul S„ Taylor R.S. Running combined simple and vertical mattress suture: a rapid skin-everting stitch // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1325-1329.
Moody B., McCarthy J., Linder J„ Hruza G. Enhanced cosmetic outcome with running horizontal mattress sutures 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1313-1316.
Zuber T. The mattress sutures: vertical, horizontal, and corner stitch // Am. Fam. Physician. 2002. Vol. 66. P. 2231-2236.
Arnott J. On the Treatment of Cancers by Regulated Application of an Anaesthetic Temperature. Edinburg, UK : Churchill Livingstone, 1955.
Whitehouse H.H. Liquid air in dermatology; its indications and limitations // JAMA. 1907. Vol. 49. P. 371-377.
White A.C. Liquid air in medicine and surgery // Med. Rec. 1899. Vol. 56. P. 109-112.
Pusey WA. The use of carbon dioxide snow in the treatment of nevi and other lesions of the skin // JAMA. 1907. Vol. 49. P. 1354-1356.
Torre D. Cradle of cryosurgery // N.Y. State J. Med. 1967. Vol. 67. P. 465-467.
Rubinsky B. Cryosurgery 11 Ann. Rev. Biomed. Eng. 2000. Vol. 2. P. 157-187.
Kuflik E.G., Gage A.A., Lubritz R.R., Graham G.E Millenium paper: history of dermatologic cryosurgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 715-722.
Hollister W.R., Mathew A.J., Baust J.G. et al. Effects of freezing on cell viability and mechanisms of cell death in human prostate cancer cell line 11 Mol. Urol. 1998. Vol. 2. P. 13-18.
Gage A.A., Baust J.M., Baust J.G. Experimental cryosurgery investigation in vivo // Cryobiology. 2009. Vol. 50. P. 229-243.
Forest V, Peoc’h M., Campos L., Guyotat D. et al. Effects of cryotherapy or chemotherapy on apoptosis in nonsmall-cell lung cancer xenografted into SCID mice // Cryobiology. 2005. Vol. 50. P. 29-37.
Adams S., O’Neil D.W., Bhardwaj N. Recent advances in dendritic cell biology 11 J. Clin. Immunol. 2005. Vol. 25, N 3. P. 177-188.
Gage A. A. Cryosurgery for oral and pharyngeal carcinoma 11 Am. J. Surg. 1969. Vol. 118. P. 669-672.
Soanes W.A., Ablin R.J., Gonder MJ. Remission of metastatic lesions following cryosurgery in prostatic cancer: immunologic considerations // J. Urol. 1970. Vol. 104. P. 154-159.
Joosten J.J., Muijen G.N., Wobbes T, Ruers T.J. In vivo destruction of tumor tissue by cryoablation can induce inhibition of secondary tumor growth: an experimental study 11 Cryobiology. 2001. Vol. 42, N 1. P. 49-58.
Udagawa M., Kudo-Saito C., Hasegawa G. et al. Enhancement of Immunologic Tumor regression by intratumor administration of dentric cells in combination with cryoablative tumor pretreatment and bacillus calmette-guerin cell wall skeleton stimulation // Clin. Cancer Res. 2006. Vol. 12. P. 7465-7475.
Pasquali P., Sebastian G.J., Zouboulis C.C. et al. Cryosurgery. Surgery of the Skin: Procedural Dermatology. 2nd ed. Edinburgh; London; New York: Mosby; Elsevier, 2010. P. 153-166.
Goldberg L.H., Kaplan B., Vergilis-Kalner L, Landau J. Liquid nitrogen: temperature control in the treatment of actinic keratosis // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1956-1961.
Blume-Peytavi U., Zouboulis C.C., Jacobi H., Scholz A. et al. Successful outcome of cryosurgery in patients with granuloma annulare 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130, N 4. P. 494-497.
Zouboulis C.C., Zouridaki E„ Rosenberger A., Dalkowski A. Current developments and uses of cryosurgery in the treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars 11 Wound Repair Regen. 2002. Vol. 10. P. 98-102.
Castro-Ron G., Pasquali P. Management of hemangiomas. Special Symposium 11 Pediatr. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 14. P. 70-71.
Suhonen R., Kuflik E.G. Venous lakes treated by liquid nitrogen cryosurgery // Br. J. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 137. P. 1018-1019.
Lubritz R.R., Smolewski S.A. Cryosurgery cure rate of actinic keratoses 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1982. Vol. 7. P. 631-632.
Thai K.E., Fergin P., Freeman M. et al. A prospective study of the use of cryosurgery for the treatment of actinic keratoses 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 43. P. 687-692.
Kuflik E.G., Gage A.A. Cryosurgery for lentigo maligna // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 31. P. 75-78.
Dawber R.P., Wilkinson J.D. Melanotic freckle of Hutchinson: treatment of macular and nodular phases with cryotherapy 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1979. Vol. 101. P. 47-49.
Zacarin S.A. Cryosurgical treatment of lentigo maligna // Arch. Dermatol. 1982. Vol. 118. P. 89-92.
Bohler-Sommereggar K., Schuller-Petrovic S„ Neumann R., Muller E. Cryosurgery of lentigo maligna 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1992. Vol. 90. P. 436-440; discussion 441-444.
Bohler-Sommereggar K., Schuller-Petrovic S., Knobler R., Neumann P.R. Reactive lentiginous hyperpigmentation after cryosurgery for lentigo maligna 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 27. P. 523-526.
Collins P„ Rogers S., Goggin M., Manning W. Cryotherapy for lentigo maligna 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 16. P. 433-435.
McKenna D.B., Cooper E.J., Kavanagh G.M., Davie R.M. et al. Amelanotic malignant melanoma following cryosurgery for atypical lentigo maligna 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 25, N 8. P. 600-604.
Thiessen M.R., Neumann M.H., Schouten LJ. A systemic review of treatment modalities for primary basal cell carcinomas // Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135. P. 1177-1183.
Peikert J.M. Prospective trial of curettage and cryosurgery in the management of non-facial, superficial, and minimally invasive basal and squamous cell carcinoma // Int. J. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 50. P. 1135-1138.
Chiarello S.E. Cryopeeling (Extensive Cryosurgery) for treatment of actinic keratoses: an update and comparison 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 728-732.
Goncalves J.C. Fractional cryosurgery. A new technique for basal cell carcinomas of the eyelids and periorbital area // Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 475-481.
Elliott J.A. Electrosurgery: its use in dermatology, with a review of its development and technologic aspects 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1966. Vol. 94. P. 340-350.
Frew J.W. Performing surgery with a single electron: electrosurgery and quantum mechanics 11 Aust. N. Z. J. Surg. 2009. Vol. 79. P. 680-682.
Blankenship M.L. Physical modalities. Electrosurgery, electrocautery, and electrolysis // Int. J. Dermatol. 1979. Vol. 18. P. 443-452.
D’Arsonval A. Action physiologque des currants alternatifs 11 C. R. Soc. Biol. (Paris). 1891. Vol. 43. P. 283.
Pollack S.V., Carruthers A., Gerkin R.C. The history of electrosurgery// Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 904-908.
Massarweh N.N., Cosgriff N.. Slakey D.P. Electrosurgery: history, principles, and current and future uses 11 J. Am. Coll. Surg. 2006. Vol. 202. P. 520-530.
Sebben J.E. The status of electrosurgery in dermatologic practice 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 19. P. 542-549.
Zinder DJ. Common myths about electrosurgery 11 Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 2000. Vol. 123. P. 450-455.
Friedman J. The technical aspects of electrosurgery 11 Oral Surg. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 1973. Vol. 36. P. 177-187.
Pollack S.V, Grekin R.C. Electrosurgery and electroepilation 11 Roenigk and Roenigk’s Dermatologic Surgery: Principles and Practice I eds R.K. Roenigk, H.H. Roenigk. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 1996. P. 220-221.
Eggleston J.L., Von Maltzahn W.W. Electrosurgical devices 11 The Biomedical Engineering Handbook. 2nd ed. I ed. J.D. Bronzino. Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press LLC, 2000.
Wright V.C. Contemporary electrosurgery: physics for physicians 11 J. Fam. Pract. 1994. Vol. 39, N2.P. 119-122.
Sebben J.E. Electrosurgery: high-frequency modalities // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1988. Vol. 14. P. 367-371.
Brill A.I. Electrosurgery: principles and practice to reduce risk and maximize efficacy // Obstet. Gynecol. Clin. North Am. 2011. Vol. 38. P. 687-702.
Clark W.L. The desiccation treatment of congenital and new growths of the skin and mucous membranes 11 JAMA. 1914. Vol. LXIII. P. 925-929.
Gandsas A., Adrales G.L. Energy sources // Advanced Therapy in Minimally Invasive Surgery I ed. M.A. Talamini. Hamilton, ON : BC Decker. 2006. Vol. 3.
Robinson T.N., Barnes K.S., Govekar H.R., Stiegmann G.V. et al. Antenna coupling — a novel mechanism of radiofrequency electrosurgery complication: practical implications 11 Ann. Surg. 2012. Vol. 256. P. 213-218.
Spruce L., Braswell M.L. Implementing AORN recommended practices for electrosurgery 11 AORN J. 1995. Vol. 95. P. 373-384.
Gonzalez-Bayon L., Gonzalez-Moreno S., Ortega-Perez G. Safety considerations for operating room personnel during hyperthermic intraoperative intraperitoneal chemotherapy perfusion 11 Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 619-624.
Ulmer B.C. The hazards of surgical smoke // AORN J. 2008. Vol. 87. P. 721-738.
Barrett W.L., Garber S.M. Surgical smoke: a review of the literature // Surg. Endosc. 2003. Vol. 17. P. 979-987.
Gatti J.E., Bryant C.J., Noone R.B., Murphy J.C. The mutagenicity of electrocautery smoke 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1992. Vol. 89. P. 781-784.
Moot A.R., Ledingham K.M., Wilson P.F. et al. Composition of volatile organic compounds in diathermy plume as detected by selected ion flow tube mass spectrometry // Ausr. N. Z. J. Surg. 2007. Vol. 77. P. 20-23.
Baggish M.S., Poiesz B.J., Joret D., Williamson P. et al. Presence of human immunodeficiency DNA in laser smoke 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1991. Vol. 11. P. 197-203.
Garden J.M., O’Banion M.K., Bakus A.D., Olson C. Viral disease transmitted by laser-generated plume (aerosol) 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 138. P. 1303-1307.
Gloster H.M. Jr, Roenigk R.K. Risk of acquiring human papillomavirus from the plume produced by the carbon dioxide laser in the treatment of warts 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32. P. 436-441.
Garden J.M., O’Banion M.K., Sheinitz L.S., Pinski K.S. et al. Papillomavirus in the vapor of carbon dioxide laser treated verrucae // JAMA. 1988. Vol. 259. P. 1199-1202.
Bigony L. Risks associated with exposure to surgical smoke plume: a review of the literature // AORN J. 2007. Vol. 86, N 6. P. 1013-1024.
Lewin J.M., Brauer J.A., Ostad A. Surgical smoke and the dermatologist 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65. P. 636-641.
El-Gamal H.M., Dufresne R.G., Saddler K. Electrosurgery, pacemakers and ICDs: a survey of precautions and complications experienced by cutaneous surgeons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 385.
Matzke T.J., Christenson L.J., Christenson S.D., Atanasho-va N., Otley C. Pacemakers and implanatable cardiac defri-billators in dermatologic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 1155-1162.
Crossley G.H., Poole J.E., Rozner M.A. et al. The Heart Rhythm Society (HRS)/American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) Expert Consensus Statement on the perioperative management of patients with implantable defibrillators, pacemakers and arrhythmia monitors: facilities and patient management this document was developed as a joint project with the American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA), and in collaboration with the American Heart Association (AHA), and the Society of Thoracic Surgeons (STS) // Heart Rhythm. 2011. Vol. 8. P. 1114-1154.
Misiri J., Kusumoto E, Goldschlager N. Electromagnetic interference and implanted cardiac devices: the medical environment (part II) // Clin. Cardiol. 2012. Vol. 35. P. 321-328.
Stone M.E., Salter B., Fischer A. Perioperative management of patients with cardiac implantable electronic devices 11 Br. J. Anaesth. 2011. Vol. 107. P. il6-i26.
Healey J.S., Merchant R., Simpson C. et al. Canadian Cardiovascular Society/Canadian Anesthesiologists’ Society/Cana-dian Heart Rhythm Society joint position statement on the perioperative management of patients with implanted pacemakers, defibrillators, and neurostimulating devices 11 Can. J. Cardiol. 2012. Vol. 28, N 2. P. 141-151.
Frampton S.J., Ismail-Koch H„ Mitchell T.E. How safe is diathermy in patients with cochlear implants 11 Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 2012. Vol. 94. P. 585-587.
Drucker С.В. Ambroise Pare and the birth of the gentle art of surgery // Yale J. Biol. Med. 2008. Vol. 81. P. 199-202.
Gonzalez E.A., Jastrow K.M., Holcomb J.B. et al. Hemostasis, surgical bleeding, and transfusion // Schwartzs Principles of Surgery. 9th ed. I eds EC. Brunicardi, D.K. Andersen, T.R. BiL liar et al. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2010.
Konkle B. Bleeding and thrombosis // Harrisons Principles of Internal Medicine. 18th ed. I eds D.L. Longo, A.S. Fauci, D.L. Kasper et al. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 2012.
Kumar A., Kar S., Fay W.P. Thrombosis, physical activity, and acute coronary syndromes // J. Appl. Physiol. 2011. Vol. 111. P. 599-605.
Peterson S.R., Joseph A.K. Inherited bleeding disorders in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 885.
Seligsohn U. Treatment of inherited platelet disorders 11 Haemophilia. 2012. Vol. 18. P. 161-165.
Lazar L.D., Lincoff A.M. Prasugrel for acute coronary syndromes: faster, more potent, but higher bleeding risk 11 Cleve. Clin. J. Med. 2009. Vol. 76. P. 707-714.
Goldsmith S.M., Leshin B., Owen J. Management of patients taking anticoagulants and platelet inhibitors prior to dermatologic surgery // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 578-581.
Lewis K.G., Dufresne R.G. Jr. A meta-analysis of complications attributed to anticoagulation among patients following cutaneous surgery// Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. 160-164.
Cook-Norris R.H., Michaels J.D., Weaver A.L. et al. Complications of cutaneous surgery in patients taking clopidogrel-containing anticoagulation 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65. P. 584-591.
Holmes D.R. Jr., Kereiakes D.J., Kleiman N.S., Moliterno DJ. et al. Combining antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapies 11 J. Am. Coll. Cardiol. 2009. Vol. 54. P. 95-109.
Bunick C.G., Aasi S.Z. Hemorrhagic complications in dermatologic surgery // Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24. P. 537-550.
Kovich O., Otley C.C. Thrombotic complications related to discontinuation of warfarin and aspirin therapy perioperatively for cutaneous operation //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48. P. 233-237.
Alam M„ Goldberg L.H. Serious adverse vascular events associated with perioperative interruption of antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 992-998.
Stewart L.C., Langtry J.A. Clopidogrel: mechanisms of action and review of the evidence relating to use during skin surgery procedures // Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 35. P. 341-345.
Schanbacher С.Е, Bennett R.G. Postoperative stroke after stopping warfarin for cutaneous surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 785-789.
Davis E.M., Packard K.A., Knezevich J.T., Campbell J.A. New and emerging anticoagulant therapy for atrial fibrillation and acute coronary syndrome 11 Pharmacotherapy. 2011. Vol. 31. P. 975-1016.
Tsen L.C., Segal S., Pothier M„ Bader A.M. Alternative medicine use in presurgical patients // Anesthesiology. 2000. Vol. 93. P. 148-151.
Beckert B.W., Concannon M.J., Henry S.L., Smith D.S. et al. The effect of herbal medicines on platelet function: an in vivo experiment and review of the literature 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120. P. 2044-2050.
Stanger M.J., Thompson L.A., Young A.J., Lieberman H.R. Anticoagulant activity of select dietary supplements // Nutr. Rev. 2012. Vol. 70. P. 107-117.
Dinehart S.M., Henry L. Dietary supplements: altered coagulation and effects on bruising 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 819-826.
Wong W.W., Gabriel A., Maxwell G.P., Gupta S.C. Bleeding risks of herbal, homeopathic, and dietary supplements: a hidden nightmare for plastic surgeons? 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2012. Vol. 32. P. 332-346.
Krunic A.L., Wang L.C., Soltani K., Weitzul S., Taylor R.S. Digital anesthesia with epinephrine: an old myth revisited 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 51. P. 755-759.
Klein J.A. Tumescent technique for local anesthesia improves safety in large-volume liposuction // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1993. Vol. 92. P. 1085-1098.
Harrington A.C., Cheyney J.M., Kinsley-Scott T„ Willard R.J. A novel digital tourniquet using a sterile glove and hemostat 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 1065-1067.
Rich P. Nail biopsy: indications and methods // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 229-234.
Hainer B.L. Fundamentals of electrosurgery // J. Am. Board Fam. Pract. 1991. Vol. 4. P. 419-426.
Palm M.D., Altman J.S. Topical hemostatic agents: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. 431-445.
Olmstead P.M., Lund H.Z., Leonard D.D. Monsels solution: a histologic nuisance 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1980. Vol. 3. P. 492-498.
Spacciapoli P, Buxton D., Rothstein D„ Friden P. Antimicrobial activity of silver nitrate against periodontal pathogens // J. Periodontal Res. 2001. Vol. 36. P. 108-113.
Alam H.B., Burris D., DaCorta J.A., Rhee P. Hemorrhage control in the battlefield: role of new hemostatic agents // Mil. Med. 2005. Vol. 170. P. 63-69.
Larson P.O. Topical hemostatic agents for dermatologic surgery 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1988. Vol. 14. P. 623-632.
Brown C.W. Jr, Goldstein G.D., Birkby C.S. Auto-Mohs // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 975-978.
Sileshi B., Achneck H.E., Lawson J.H. Management of surgical hemostasis: topical agents 11 Vascular. 2008. Vol. 16. P. S22-S28.
Alexander J.M., Rabinowitz J.L. Microfibrillar collagen (Avitene) as a hemostatic agent in experimental oral wounds 11 J. Oral Surg. 1978. Vol. 36. P. 202-205.
Glasson D.W Topical adrenaline as a hemostatic agent 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1984. Vol. 74. P. 451-452.
Vaughan R.W Ventricular arrhythmias after topical vasoconstrictors 11 Anesth. Analg. 1973. Vol. 52. P. 161-165.
Long H., Greller H„ Mercurio-Zappala M., Nelson L.S. et al. Medicinal use of cocaine: a shifting paradigm over 25 years // Laryngoscope. 2004. Vol. 114. P. 1625-1629.
Martinowitz U„ Schulman S. Fibrin sealant in surgery of patients with a hemorrhagic diathesis // Thromb. Haemost. 1995. Vol. 74. P. 486-492.
Bhanot S„ Alex J.C. Current applications of platelet gels in facial plastic surgery// Facial Plast. Surg. 2002. Vol. 18. P. 27-33.
Farrior E., Ladner K. Platelet gels and hemostasis in facial plastic surgery 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2011. Vol. 27. P. 308-314.
Howard T.C., Kelley R.R. The effect of bone wax on the healing of experimental rat tibial lesions // Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 1969. Vol. 63. P. 226-232.
Vestergaard R.F., Jensen H„ Vind-Kezunovic S., Jakobsen T. et al. Bone healing after median sternotomy: a comparison of two hemostatic devices 11 J. Cardiothorac. Surg. 2010. Vol. 5. P. 117.
Davis Р., Kenrick Р. Fossil Plants. Washington, DC : Smithsonian Books, 2004.
Hess C.T. (ed.). Clinical Guide: Wound Care. 5th ed. Springhouse, PA : Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2004.
Falanga V., Zitelli J.A., Eaglstein W.H. Wound healing 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 19, N 3. P. 559-563.
Fonder M.A., Lazarus G.S., Cowan D.A., Aronson-Cook B. et al. Treating the chronic wound: a practical approach to the care of nonhealing wounds and wound care dressings 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 58, N 2. P. 185-206.
Stadelmann W.K., Digenis A.G., Tobin G.R. Physiology and healing dynamics of chronic cutaneous wounds // Am. J. Surg. 1998. Vol. 176, N 2A. Suppl. P. 26S-38S.
Midwood K.S., Williams L.V., Schwarzbauer J.E. Tissue repair and the dynamics of the extracellular matrix // Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol. 2004. Vol. 36, N 6. P. 1031-1037.
Jones V, Grey J.E., Harding K.G. ABC of wound healing: wound dressings 11 BMJ. 2006. Vol. 332. P. 777-780.
Remminghorst U., Rehm B.H.A. Microbial production of alginate: biosynthesis and applications 11 Microbial Production of Biopolymers and Polymer Precursors: Applications and Perspectives I ed. B.H.A. Rehm. Norfolk, VA : Caister Academic Press, 2009.
Piacquadio D., Nelson D.B. Alginates. A «new» dressing alternative 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18, N 11. P. 992-995.
Thomas S. Hydrocolloid dressings in the management of acute wounds: a review of the literature 11 Int. Wound J. 2008. Vol. 5, N 5. P. 602-613.
Fletcher J. Understanding wound dressings: foam dressings // Nurs. Times. 2005. Vol. 101, N 24. P. 50-51.
Lionelli G.T., Lawrence WT. Wound dressings 11 Surg. Clin. North Am. 2003. Vol. 83, N 3. P. 617-638.
Robins P„ Goldberg L., Moy R. et al. The effectiveness of liquid bandage as an adhesive and antimicrobial agent 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 8. P. 764-766.
Takeda U., Izawa M., Koeda T., Shibata U. Laboratory studies of collagen wound dressing (CAS). Part I. Experimental use on skin excisions and burns 11 J. Dermatol. 1983. Vol. 10, N 5. P. 475-486.
Stern R. Hyaluronan catabolism: a new metabolic pathway 11 Eur. J. Cell Biol. 2004. Vol. 83, N 7. P. 317-325.
Matou-Nasri S., Gaffney J., Kumar S., Slevin M. Oligosaccharides of hyaluronan induce angiogenesis through distinct CD44 and RHAMM-mediated signalling pathways involving Cdc2 and gamma-adducin 11 Int. J. Oncol. 2009. Vol. 35, N 4. P. 761-773.
URL: www.bandaid.com. (date of access July, 2012).
Bello Y.M., Falabella A.F., Eaglstein W.H. Tissue-engineered skin. Current status in wound healing // Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 2. P. 305-313.
Supp D.M., Boyce S.T. Engineered skin substitutes: practices and potentials 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 23, N 4. P. 403-412.
Wright K.A., Nadire K.B., Busto P., Tubo R. et al. Alternative delivery of keratinocytes using a polyurethane membrane and the implications for its use in the treatment of full-thickness burn injury// Burns. 1998. Vol. 24. P. 7-17.
Lobmann R., Pittasch D., Muhlen L, Lehnert H. Autologous human keratinocytes cultured on membranes composed of benzyl ester of hyaluronic acid for grafting in nonhealing diabetic foot lesions: a pilot study 11 J. Diabetes Complications. 2003. Vol. 17. P. 199-204.
Uhlig C., Rapp M., Hartmann H„ Hierlemann H. et al. Su-prathel-An innovative, resorbable skin substitute for the treatment of burn victims // Burns. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 221-229.
Hodde J.P., Ernst D.M., Hiles M.C. An investigation of the long-term bioactivity of endogenous growth factor in OASIS Wound Matrix 11 J. Wound Care. 2005. Vol. 14. P. 23-25.
Harper C. Permacol: clinical experience with a new biomaterial II Hosp. Med. 2001. Vol. 62. P. 90-95.
Wainwright D.J. Use of an acellular allograft dermal matrix (Alloderm) in the management of full-thickness burns // Burns. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 243-248.
Boyd M., Flasza M„ Johnson P.A., Roberts J.S. et al. Integration and persistence of an investigational human living skin equivalent (ICX-SKN) in human surgical wounds 11 Regen. Med. 2007. Vol. 2. P. 369-376.
Omar A.A., Mavor A.I., Jones A.M., Homer-Vanniasinkam S. Treatment of venous leg ulcers with dermagraft 11 Eur. J. Vase. Endovasc. Surg. 2004. Vol. 27. P. 666-672.
Lukish J.R., Eichelberger M.R., Newman K.D. et al. The use of a bioactive skin substitute decreases length of stay for pediatric burn patients 11 J. Pediatr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 36. P. 1118— 1121.
McHugh T.P., Robson M.C., Heggers J.P., Phillips L.G. et al. Therapeutic efficacy of Biobrane in partial and full-thickness thermal injury// Surgery. 1986. Vol. 100. P. 661-664.
Groos N„ Guillot M., Zilliox R., Braye F.M. Use of an artificial dermis (Integra) for the reconstruction of extensive burn scars in children. About 22 grafts 11 Eur. J. Pediatr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 15. P. 187-192.
Trent J.F., Kirsner R.S. Tissue engineered skin: apligraf, a bi-layered living skin equivalent // Int. J. Clin. Pract. 1998. Vol. 52. P. 408-413.
Hasegawa T., Suga Y, Mizoguchi M. et al. Clinical trial of allogeneic cultured dermal substitute for the treatment of intractable skin ulcers in 3 patients with recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 50. P. 803-804.
Hauben D.J., Baruchin A., Mahler A. On the history of the free skin graft 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1982. Vol. 9, N 3. P. 242-245.
Smahel J. The healing of skin grafts 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 1977. Vol. 4, N 3. P. 409-424.
Goldberg H.C. Monsel’s solution 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1981. Vol. 5. P. 613.
Epstein E., Maibach H.I. Monsel’s solution: history, chemistry, and efficacy 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1964. Vol. 90. P. 226-228.
Wang M.Y., Armstrong J.K., Fisher T.C. A new, pluronic-based, bone hemostatic agent that does not impair osteogenesis 11 Neurosurgery. 2001. Vol. 49. P. 962-967.
Schonauer C., Tessitore E„ Barbagallo G., Albanese V. et al. The use of local agents: bone wax, gelatin, collagen, oxidized cellulose 11 Eur. Spine J. 2004. Vol. 13, suppl. 1. P. S89-S96.
Palm M.D., Altman J.S. Topical hemostatic agents: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 4. P. 431-445.
Achneck H.E., Sileshi B., Jamiolkowski R.M., Albala D.M. et al. A comprehensive review of topical hemostatic agents: efficacy and recommendations for use // Ann. Surg. 2010. Vol. 251, N 2. P. 217-228.
Bhuvanesh G., Abha A., Shalini S., Mohammad S.A. Preparation of chitosan-polyethylene glycol coated cotton membranes for wound dressings: preparation and characterization 11 Polym. Advan Technol. 2008. Vol. 20. P. 58-65.
Auerbach S.M., Carrado K.A., Dutta P.K. (eds). Handbook of Zeolite Science and Technology. Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press, 2003.
Smolinske S.C. (ed.). CRC Handbook of Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Excipients. Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press, 1992.
Material Safety Data Sheet. Mastisol' liquid adhesive. URL: www. delasco.com/pcat/pdf/mastisol.pdf. (date of access July, 2012).
Brown G.I. The Big Bang: a History of Explosives. Charleston, SC : History Press, 2005.
Kanerva L„ Alanko K. Allergic contact dermatitis from 2-hydro-xyethyl methacrylate in an adhesive on an electrosurgical earthing plate 11 Eur. J. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 8, N 7. P. 521-524.
Singer A.J., McClain S.A., Katz A. A porcine epistaxis model: hemostatic effects of octylcyanoacrylate // Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 2004. Vol. 130, N 5. P. 553-557.
Bernard L„ Doyle J., Friedlander S.F., Eichenfield L.F. et al. A prospective comparison of octyl cyanoacrylate tissue adhesive (dermabond) and suture for the closure of excisional wounds in children and adolescents 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 137, N 9. P. 1177-1180.
Weinfeld A.B., Kelley P., Yuksel E. et al. Circumferential negative- pressure dressing (VAC) to bolster skin grafts in the reconstruction of the penile shaft and scrotum 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2005. Vol. 54, N 2. P. 178-183.
Solomon P. Modified Bier block anesthetic technique is safe for office use for botulinum A toxin treatment of palmar and plantar hyperhidrosis 11 Dermatol. Online J. 2007. Vol. 13, N 3. P. 6.
Xie X., McGregor M., Dendukuri N. The clinical effectiveness of negative pressure wound therapy: a systematic review П J. Wound Care. 2010. Vol. 19, N 11. P. 490-495.
Kantor J., Margolis D.J. Management of leg ulcers 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2003. Vol. 22, N 3. P. 212-221.
McDermott M.M., Criqui M.H., Liu K. et al. Lower ankle/ brachial index, as calculated by averaging the dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial arterial pressures, and association with leg functioning in peripheral arterial disease // J. Vase. Surg. 2000.Vol. 32, N6. P. 1164-1171.
Shi L., Carson D. Collagenase Santyl ointment: a selective agent for wound debridement 11 J. Wound Ostomy Continence Nurs. 2009. Vol. 36, N 6. Suppl. P. S12-S16.
Traversa B., Sussman G. The role of growth factors, cytokines and proteases in wound management // Prim. Intention. 2001.Vol. 9, NAP. 161-167.
Bucalo B., Eaglestein W.H., Falanga V. Inhibition of cell proliferation by chronic wound fluid // Wound Repair Regen. 1993. Vol. 1. P. 181-186.
Braund R., Hook S., Medlicott N.J. The role of topical growth factors in chronic wounds // Curr. Drug Deliv. 2007. Vol. 4, N 3. P. 195-204.
Fitzpatrick R.E. Endogenous growth factors as cosmeceuti-cals 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 7. Pt 2. P. 827-831.
Langer A., Rogowski W. Systematic review of economic evaluations of human cell-derived wound care products for the treatment of venous leg and diabetic foot ulcers 11 BMC Health Serv. Res. 2009. Vol. 9. P. 115-121.
Schade V.L., Roukis T.S. Use of platelet-rich plasma with split-thickness skin grafts in the high-risk patient // Foot Ankle Spec. 2008. Vol. 1, N 3. P. 155-159.
Falanga V, Eaglstein W.H., Bucalo B., Katz M.H. et al. Topical use of human recombinant epidermal growth factor (h-EGF) in venous ulcers 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18, N 7. P. 604-606.
Brown G.L., Nanney L.B., Griffen J. et al. Enhancement of wound healing by topical treatment with epidermal growth factor 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1989. Vol. 321. P. 76-79.
Kranke P., Bennett M., Roeckl-Wiedmann L, Debus S. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy for chronic wounds 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2004. Vol. 2. CD004123.
Duzgan A.P., Satir H.Z., Ozozan O., Saylam B. Et al. Effect of hyperbaric oxygen therapy on healing of diabetic foot ulcers 11 J. Foot Ankle Surg. 2008. Vol. 47. P. 515-519.
Bloom H. Cellophane dressings for second degree burns // Lancet. 1945. Vol. 246. P. 559-563.
Bull J.P., Squire J.R., Topley E. Experiments with occlusive dressings of a new plastic // Lancet. 1948. Vol. 2, N 6519. P. 213-215.
Gilje O. On taping (adhesive tape treatment) of leg ulcers 11 Acta Derm. Venereol. 1948. Vol. 28, N 5. P. 454-467.
Schilling R.S., Roberts N., Goodman M. Clinical trial of occlusive plastic dressings // Lancet. 1950. Vol. 1, N 6599. P. 293-296.
Winter G.D. Formation of the scab and the rate of epitheliali-zation of superficial wounds in the skin of the young domestic pig 11 Nature. 1962. Vol. 193. P. 293-294.
Hinman C.D., Maibach H.I. Effect of air exposure and occlusion on experimental human skin wounds // Nature. 1963. Vol. 200.P. 377-378.
Naidoo J., Noble W.C. Acquisition of antibiotic resistance by Staphylococcus aureus in skin patients // J. Clin. Pathol. 1978. Vol. 31, N 12. P. 1187-1192.
Lowbury J.L., Babb J.R., Brown VI., Collins B.J. Neomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in a burns unit 11 J. Hyg. (Lond.). 1964. Vol. 62, N 2. P. 221-228.
American Contact Dermatitis Society. URL: http://www.con-taetderm. org. (date of access July, 2012).
CDC. Disinfection and sterilization guideline: disinfection. HICPAC. URL: www.cdc.gov/hicpac/disinfection_steriliza-tion/6_0 disinfection.html. (date of access July, 2012).
Li J., Chen J., Kirsner R. Pathophysiology of acute wound healing 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 25. P. 9-18.
Gosain A., DiPietro L.A. Aging and wound healing // World J. Surg. 2004. Vol. 28. P. 321-326.
Scheid A., Wenger R.H., Schafer L. et al. Physiologically low oxygen concentrations in fetal skin regulate hypoxia-inducible factor 1 and transforming growth factor-beta3 11 FASEB J. 2002. Vol. 16. P. 411-413.
Kunkel S.L., Standiford T., Kasahara K., Strieter R.M. Stimulus specific induction of monocyte chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1) gene expression // Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 1991. Vol. 305. P. 65-71.
Sherry B., Tekamp-Olson P., Gallegos C. et al. Resolution of the two components of macrophage inflammatory protein 1, and cloning and characterization of one of those components, macrophage inflammatory protein 1 beta 11 J. Exp. Med. 1988. Vol. 168. P. 2251-2259.
Postlethwaite A.E., Kang A.H. Collagen-and collagen peptide-induced chemotaxis of human blood monocytes 11 J. Exp. Med. 1976. Vol. 143. P. 1299-1307.
Lewis J.S., Lee J.A., Underwood J.C., Harris A.L. et al. Macrophage responses to hypoxia: relevance to disease mechanisms // J. Leukoc. Biol. 1999. Vol. 66. P. 889-900.
Falanga V. Growth actors and wound healing 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 711-714.
Newton P.M., Watson J.A., Wolowacz R.G., Wood E.J. Macrophages restrain contraction of an in vitro wound healing model 11 Inflammation. 2004. Vol. 28. P. 207-214.
Remensnyder J.P., Majno G. Oxygen gradients in healing wounds 11 Am. J. Pathol. 1968. Vol. 52. P. 301-323.
Sethi K.K., Yannas I.V., Mudera V, Eastwood M. et al. Evidence or sequential utilization of bronectin, vitronectin, and collagen during fibroblast-mediated collagen contraction // Wound Repair Regen. 2002. Vol. 10. P. 397-408.
Tandara A.A., Mustoe T.A. Oxygen in wound healing — more than a nutrient 11 World J. Surg. 2004. Vol. 28. P. 294-300.
Rodriguez P.G., Felix F.N., Woodley D.T., Shim E.K. The role of oxygen in wound healing: a review of the literature // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34. P. 1159-1169.
Doillon C.J., Dunn M.G., Bender E„ Silver F.H. Collagen fiber formation in repair tissue: development of strength and toughness 11 Coll. Relat. Res. 1985. Vol. 5. P. 481-492.
Booth B.A., Polak K.L., Uitto J. Collagen biosynthesis by human skin fibroblasts. I. Optimization of the culture conditions for synthesis of type I and type III procollagens // Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 1980. Vol. 607. P. 145-160.
Howes E.L., Harvey S.C. The strength of the healing wound in relation to the holding strength of the catgut suture // N. Engl. J. Med. 1929. Vol. 200. P. 1285-1291.
Dodson M.K., Magann E.F., Meeks G.R. A randomized comparison of secondary closure and secondary intention in patients with superficial wound dehiscence 11 Obstet. Gynecol. 1992. Vol. 80. P. 321-324.
Walters M.D., Dombroski R.A., Davidson S.A., Mandel P.C. et al. Reclosure of disrupted abdominal incisions 11 Obstet. Gynecol. 1990. Vol. 76. P. 597-602.
Guo S„ Dipietro L.A. Factors affecting wound healing П J. Dent. Res. 2010. Vol. 89. P. 219-229.
Bishop A. Role of oxygen in wound healing //J. Wound Care. 2008. Vol. 17. P. 399-402.
Edwards R., Harding K.G. Bacteria and wound healing 11 Curr. Opin. Infect. Dis. 2004. Vol. 17. P. 91-96.
Ginter E., Simko V. Type 2 diabetes mellitus, pandemic in 21st century 11 Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 2012. Vol. 771. P. 42-50.
Brem H., Tomic-Canic M. Cellular and molecular basis of wound healing in diabetes 11 J. Clin. Invest. 2007. Vol. 117. P. 1219-1222.
Humberts M.S., Schaper N.C., Schalkwijk C.G. Advanced glycation end products and diabetic foot disease 11 Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev. 2008. Vol. 24, suppl. 1. P. S19-S24.
Loots M.A., Lamme E.N., Zeegelaar J., Mekkes J.R. et al. Differences in cellular infiltrate and extracellular matrix of chronic diabetic and venous ulcers versus acute wounds // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 111. P. 850-857.
Sibbald G.R., Woo K.Y. The biology of chronic foot ulcers in persons with diabetes // Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev. 2008. Vol. 24. P. 25-30.
Mendelsohn F.A., Divino C.M., Reis E.D., Kerstein M.D. Wound care after radiation therapy // Adv. Skin Wound Care. 2002. Vol. 15. P. 216-224.
Bowering C.K. Diabetic foot ulcers. Pathophysiology, assessment, and therapy // Can. Fam. Physician. 2001. Vol. 47. P. 1007-1016.
Brand F.N., Dannenberg A.L., Abbott R.D., Kannel WB. The epidemiology of varicose veins: the Framingham Study 11 Am. J. Prev. Med. 1988. Vol. 4. P. 96-101.
Callam M.J. Epidemiology of varicose veins // Br. J. Surg. 1994. Vol. 81. P. 167-173.
Chiesa R., Marone E.M., Limoni C., Volonte M. et al. Chronic venous disorders: correlation between visible signs, symptoms, and presence of functional disease // J. Vase. Surg. 2007. Vol. 46. P. 322-330.
Scott E., LaMorte W.W., Gorin D.R., Menzoian J.O. Risk factors for chronic venous insufficiency: a dual case-control study 11 J. Vase. Surg. 1995. Vol. 22. P. 622-628.
Fowkes F.G., Lee A.J., Evans C.J., Allan P.L. et al. Lifestyle risk factors for lower limb venous reflux in the general population: Edinburgh Vein Study// Int. J. Epidemiol. 2001. Vol. 30. P. 846-852.
Sadick N.S. Predisposing factors of varicose and telangiectatic leg veins // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 883-886.
lannuzzi A., Panico S., Ciardullo A.V. et al. Varicose veins of the lower limbs and venous capacitance in postmenopausal women: relationship with obesity 11 J. Vase. Surg. 2002. Vol. 36. P. 965-968.
Evans C.J., Fowkes F.G., Hajivassiliou C.A., Harper D.R. et al. Epidemiology of varicose veins. A review // Int. Angiol. 1994. Vol. 13. P. 263-270.
Browse N.L. The etiology of venous ulceration // World J. Surg. 1986. Vol. 10. P. 938-943.
Browse N.L., Burnand K.G. The cause of venous ulceration // Lancet. 1982. Vol. 2. P. 243-245.
Franzeck U.K., Haselbach P„ Speiser D., Bollinger A. Microangiopathy of cutaneous blood and lymphatic capillaries in chronic venous insufficiency (CVI) // Yale J. Biol. Med. 1993. Vol. 66. P. 37-46.
Leach R.D., Browse N.L. Effect ofvenous hypertension on canine hind limb lymph // Br. J. Surg. 1985. Vol. 72. P. 275-278.
Falanga V, Eaglstein W.H. The «trap» hypothesis of venous ulceration 11 Lancet. 1993. Vol. 341. P. 1006-1008.
Turan A., Mascha E.J., Roberman D. et al. Smoking and perioperative outcomes // Anesthesiology. 2011. Vol. 114. P. 837-846.
Sorensen L.T. Wound healing and infection in surgery. The clinical impact of smoking and smoking cessation: a systematic review and meta-analysis 11 Arch. Surg. 2012. Vol. 147. P. 373-383.
Wukich D.K., McMillen R.L., Lowery N. J., Frykberg R.G. Surgical site infections after foot and ankle surgery: a comparison of patients with and without diabetes // Diabetes Care. 2011. Vol. 34. P. 2211-2213.
Waldron D.R., Zimmerman-Pope N. Superficial skin wounds 11 Textbook of Small Animal Surgery I ed. D. Slatter. Philadelphia, PA : Saunders, 2002. P. 259-274.
Franz M.G., Steed D.L., Robson M.C. Optimizing healing of the acute wound by minimizing complications 11 Curr. Probl. Surg. 2007. Vol. 44. P. 691-763.
Erinjeri J.P., Fong A.J., Kemeny N.E., Brown K.T. et al. Timing of administration of bevacizumab chemotherapy affects wound healing after chest wall port placement 11 Cancer. 2011. Vol. 117. P. 1296-1301.
Dong Y.L., Fleming R.Y., Yan Z., Herndon D.N. et al. Effect of ibuprofen on the inflammatory response to surgical wounds // J. Trauma. 1993. Vol. 35. P. 340-343.
Dvivedi S., Tiwari S.M., Sharma A. Effect of ibuprofen and diclofenac sodium on experimental wound healing // Indian J. Exp. Biol. 1997. Vol. 35. P. 1243-1245.
Krischak G.D., Augat P., Claes L., Kinzl L. et al. The effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug application on incisional wound healing in rats // J. Wound Care. 2007. Vol. 16. P. 76-78.
Jones M.K., Wang H., Peskar B.M. et al. Inhibition of angiogenesis by nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs: insight into mechanisms and implications for cancer growth and ulcer healing 11 Nat. Med. 1999. Vol. 5. P. 1418-1423.
Hoffman D„ Moore K., Cooper R., Eagle M. et al. Use of topical corticosteroids on chronic leg ulcers 11 J. Wound Care. 2007. Vol. 16. P. 227-230.
Dixon A.I., Dixon М.Р., Askew D.A., Wilkinson D. Prospective study of wound infections in dermatologic surgery in the absence of prophylactic antibiotics 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 6. P. 819-826.
Futoryan T„ Grande D. Postoperative wound infection rates in dermatologic surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21, N 6. P. 509-514.
Rogues A.M., Lasheras A., Amici J.M., Guillot P. et al. Infection control practices and infectious complications in dermatological surgery 11 ]. Hosp. Infect. 2007. Vol. 65, N 3. P. 258-263.
Rosengren H., Dixon A. Antibacterial prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: an evidence-based review 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 11, N 1. P. 35-44.
Shurman D.L., Benedetto A.V Antimicrobials in dermatologic surgery: facts and controversies // Clin. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 28, N 5. P. 505-510.
Pallasch T.J., Slots J. Antibiotic prophylaxis and the medically compromised patient // Periodontology 2000. 1996. Vol. 10. P. 107-138.
Wright T.I., Baddour L.M., Berbari E.F., Roenigk R.K. et al. Antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: advisory statement 2008 // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59, N 3. P. 464-473.
Wood L.D., Warner N.M., Billingsley E.M. Infectious complications of dermatologic procedures 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 6. P. 558-570.
Kretschmer L., Zimmermann O., Stein A., Sebastian G.; Commission for Quality Assurance of the German Dermatology Society and the Professional Association of Surgical and Oncological Dermatology. [Perioperative antibiotic therapy in dermatology. Guidelines of the Commission for Quality Assurance of the German Dermatology Society and the Professional Association of Surgical and Oncological Dermatology] // Hau-tarzt. 2001. Vol. 52, N 7. P. 609-614.
Maragh S.L., Otley C.C., Roenigk R.K., Phillips P.K.; Division of Dermatologic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN. Antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: updated guidelines 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 1. P. 83-91.
Nichols R.L. Surgical antibiotic prophylaxis 11 Med. Clin. North Am. 1995. Vol. 79, N 3. P. 509-522.
Maragh S.L., Brown M.D. Prospective evaluation of surgical site infection rate among patients with Mohs micrographic surgery without the use of prophylactic antibiotics 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59, N 2. P. 275-278.
Tanner J., Woodings D., Moncaster K. Preoperative hair removal to reduce surgical site infection 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2006. Vol. 3. CD004122.
Bencini P.L., Galimberti M„ Signorini M., Crosti C. Antibiotic prophylaxis of wound infections in skin surgery И Arch. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 127, N 9. P. 1357-1360.
Haas A.F., Grekin R.C. Antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32, N 2. Pt 1. P. 155-176.
Rabb D.C., Lesher J.L. Jr. Antibiotic prophylaxis in cutaneous surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21, N 6. P. 550-554.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Dixon J.B. Prospective study of skin surgery in patients with and without known diabetes 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 7. P. 1035-1040.
Olsen M.A., Lock-Buckley P., Hopkins D„ Polish L.B. et al. The risk factors for deep and superficial chest surgical-site infections after coronary artery bypass graft surgery are different // J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. Surg. 2002. Vol. 124, N 1. P. 136-145.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Dixon J.B., Del Mar C.B. Prospective study of skin surgery in smokers vs nonsmokers 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 160, N 2. P. 365-367.
Bumpous J.M., Johnson J.T. The infected wound and its management 11 Otolaryngol. Clin. North Am. 1995. Vol. 28, N 5. P. 987-1001.
Malone D.L., Genuit T., Tracy J.K., Gannon C. et al. Surgical site infections: reanalysis of risk factors II J. Surg. Res. 2002. Vol. 103, NLP. 89-95.
Baddour L.M., Bettmann M.A., Bolger A.F. et al. Nonvalvular cardiovascular device-related infections 11 Circulation. 2003. Vol. 108, N 16. P. 2015-2031.
Wilson W, Taubert K.A., Gewitz M. et al. Prevention of infective endocarditis: guidelines from the American Heart Association: a guideline from the American Heart Association Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease Committee, Council on Cardiovascular Disease in the Young, and the Council on Clinical Cardiology, Council on Cardiovascular Surgery and Anesthesia, and the Quality of Care and Outcomes Research Interdisciplinary Working Group 11 Circulation. 2007. Vol. 116, N 15. R 1736-1754.
Dajani A.S., Taubert K.A., Wilson W. et al. Prevention of bacterial endocarditis. Recommendations by the American Heart Association 11 JAMA. 1997. Vol. 277, N 22. P. 1794-1801.
Durack D.T. Prevention of infective endocarditis 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1995. Vol. 332, N 1. P. 38-44.
Richey R., Wray D., Stokes T„ Guideline Development Group. Prophylaxis against infective endocarditis: summary of NICE guidance 11 BMJ. 2008. Vol. 336, N 7647. P. 770-771.
Durack D.T., Kaplan E.L., Bisno A.L. Apparent failures of endocarditis prophylaxis. Analysis of 52 cases submitted to a national registry// JAMA. 1983. Vol. 250, N 17. P. 2318-2322.
National Nosocomial Infections Surveillance (NNIS) report, data summary from October 1986-April 1997, issued May 1997. A report from the NNIS System 11 Am. J. Infect. Control. 1997. Vol. 25, N 6. P. 477-487.
National Nosocomial Infections Surveillance (NNIS) System Report, data summary from January 1992 to June 2002, issued August 200211 Am. J. Infect. Control. 2002. Vol. 30, N 8. P. 458-475.
Ainscow D.A., Denham R.A. The risk of haematogenous infection in total joint replacements // J. Bone Joint Surg. Br. 1984. Vol. 66, N 4. P. 580-582.
Berbari E.F., Hanssen A.D., Duffy M.C. et al. Risk factors for prosthetic joint infection: case-control study 11 Clin. Infect. Dis. 1998. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 1247-1254.
Maderazo E.G., Judson S„ Pasternak H. Late infections of total joint prostheses. A review and recommendations for prevention // Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 1988. Vol. 229. P. 131-142.
Advisory statement. Antibiotic prophylaxis for dental patients with total joint replacements. American Dental Association; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons 11 J. Am. Dent. Assoc. 1997. Vol. 128, N 7. P. 1004-1008.
American Dental Association; American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons. Antibiotic prophylaxis for dental patients with total joint replacements // J. Am. Dent. Assoc. 2003. Vol. 134, N 7. P. 895-899.
Amici J.M., Rogues A.M., Lasheras A. et al. A prospective study of the incidence of complications associated with dermatological surgery 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 153, N 5. P. 967-971.
Sylaidis P„ Wood S„ Murray D.S. Postoperative infection following clean facial surgery 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1997. Vol. 39, N 4. P. 342-346.
Nestor M.S. Perioperative use of antibiotics: preventing and treating perioperative infections 11 J Drugs Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4, N 6. Suppl. P. S34-S36.
Nestor M.S. Prophylaxis for and treatment of uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections in laser and cosmetic surgery 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4, N 6. Suppl. P. S20-S25.
Horan T.C., Gaynes R.P., Martone W.J., Jarvis W.R. et al. CDC definitions of nosocomial surgical site infections, 1992: a modification of CDC definitions of surgical wound infections // Infect. Control Hosp. Epidemiol. 1992. Vol. 13, N 10. P. 606-608.
Hirschmann J.V Antimicrobial prophylaxis in dermatology 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2000. Vol. 19, N 1. P. 2-9.
Veiga D.F., Damascene C.A., Veiga-Filho J. et al. Povidone iodine versus chlorhexidine in skin antisepsis before elective plastic surgery procedures: a randomized controlled trial 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 122, N 5. P. 170e-171e.
Awad S.S., Elhabash S.I., Lee L„ Farrow B„ Berger D.H. Increasing incidence of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus skin and soft-tissue infections: reconsideration of empiric antimicrobial therapy 11 Am. J. Surg. 2007. Vol. 194, N 5. P. 606-610.
Cordova K.B., Grenier N., Chang K.H., Dufresne R. Jr. Preoperative methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus screening in Mohs surgery appears to decrease postoperative infections // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 10. P. 1537-1540.
van Rijen M„ Bonten M., Wenzel R., Kluytmans J. Mupirocin ointment for preventing Staphylococcus aureus infections in nasal carriers // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2008. Vol. 4. CD006216.
Dzubow L. Apples, oranges, and methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 10. P. 1541-1543.
Kim D.W., Park J.Y., Park K.D. et al. Are there predominant strains and toxins of Staphylococcus aureus in atopic dermatitis patients? Genotypic characterization and toxin determination of S. aureus isolated in adolescent and adult patients with atopic dermatitis // J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 36, N 2. P. 75-81.
McGowan D.A. Dentistry and endocarditis 11 Br. Dent. J. 1990. Vol. 169, N 3-4. P. 69.
Lapolla W.J., Levender M.M., Davis S.A., Yentzer B.A. et al. Topical antibiotic trends from 1993 to 2007: use of topical antibiotics for non-evidence-based indications 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 10. P. 1427-1433.
Levender M.M., Davis S.A., Kwatra S.G., Williford P.M. et al. Use of topical antibiotics as prophylaxis in clean dermatologic procedures // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 3. P. 445-451.
Campbell R.M., Perlis C.S., Fisher E., Gloster H.M. Jr. Gentamicin ointment versus petrolatum for management of auricular wounds 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 6. P. 664-669.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Dixon J.B. Randomized clinical trial of the effect of applying ointment to surgical wounds before occlusive dressing 11 Br. J. Surg. 2006. Vol. 93, N 8. P. 937-943.
Smack D.P., Harrington A.C., Dunn C„ Howard R.S. et al. Infection and allergy incidence in ambulatory surgery patients using white petrolatum vs bacitracin ointment. A randomized controlled trial 11 JAMA. 1996. Vol. 276, N 12. P. 972-977.
Dyck E.D., Vadas P. Anaphylaxis to topical bacitracin 11 Allergy. 1997. Vol. 52, N 8. P. 870-871.
Eedy D.J., McMillan J.C., Bingham E.A. Anaphylactic reactions to topical antibiotic combinations 11 Postgrad. Med. J. 1990. Vol. 66, N 780. P. 858-859.
Gette M.T., Marks J.G. Jr, Maloney M.E. Frequency of postoperative allergic contact dermatitis to topical antibiotics 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 128, N 3. P. 365-367.
Knowles S.R., Shear N.H. Anaphylaxis from bacitracin and polymyxin В (Polysporin) ointment 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 34, N 8. P. 572-573.
Marks J.G., Belsito D.V., DeLeo V.A. et al. North American Contact Dermatitis Group patch test results for the detection of delayed-type hypersensitivity to topical allergens // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 38, N 6. Pt 1. P. 911-918.
Hoffmann S. Silver sulfadiazine: an antibacterial agent for topical use in burns. A review of the literature 11 Scand. J. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1984. Vol. 18, N 1. P. 119-126.
Pruitt B.A. Jr, McManus A.T., Kim S.H., Goodwin C.W. Burn wound infections: current status 11 World J. Surg. 1998. Vol. 22, N2. P. 135-145.
Childress B.B., Berceli S.A., Nelson P.R., Lee WA. et al. Impact of an absorbent silver-eluting dressing system on lower extremity revascularization wound complications 11 Ann. Vase. Surg. 2007. Vol. 21, N 5. P. 598-602.
Collier M. Silver dressings: more evidence is needed to support their widespread clinical use 11 J. Wound Care. 2009. Vol. 18, N 2. P. 77-78.
Messingham M.J., Arpey C.J. Update on the use of antibiotics in cutaneous surgery // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 8. Pt 2. P. 1068-1078.
Blaser G„ Santos K„ Bode U„ Vetter H. et al. Effect of medical honey on wounds colonised or infected with MRSA // J. Wound Care. 2007. Vol. 16, N 8. P. 325-328.
full A., Walker N., Parag V, Molan P. et al. Honey as Adjuvant Leg Ulcer Therapy trial collaborators. Randomized clinical trial of honey-impregnated dressings for venous leg ulcers 11 Br. J. Surg. 2008. Vol. 95, N 2. P. 175-182.
Visavadia B.G., Honeysett J., Danford M. Manuka honey dressing: an effective treatment for chronic wound infections // Br. J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. 2008. Vol. 46, N 8. P. 696-697.
Wilson J.W., Estes L.L. Mayo Clinic Antimicrobial Therapy Quick Guide. New York, NY : Mayo Clinic Scientific Press/ Oxford University Press, 2012.
Burke J.P. Maximizing appropriate antibiotic prophylaxis for surgical patients: an update from LDS Hospital, Salt Lake City 11 Clin. Infect. Dis. 2001. Vol. 33, suppl. 2. P. S78-S83.
Classen D.C., Evans R.S., Pestotnik S.L., Horn S.D. et al. The timing of prophylactic administration of antibiotics and the risk of surgical-wound infection 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1992. Vol. 326, N 5. P. 281-286.
Cruse P.J., Foord R. A five-year prospective study of 23 649 surgical wounds // Arch. Surg. 1973. Vol. 107, N 2. P. 206-210.
Griego R.D., Zitelli J.A. Intra-incisional prophylactic antibiotics for dermatologic surgery // Arch. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 134, N 6. P. 688-692.
Huether M.J., Griego R.D., Brodland D.G., Zitelli J.A. Clindamycin for intraincisional antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery // Arch. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 138, N 9. P. 1145-1148.
Gilbert D.N., Moellering R.C., Sande M.A. The Sanford Guide to Antimicrobial Therapy. Hyde Park, VT : Antimicrobial Therapy, 2003.
Beeson W.H., Rachel J.D. Valacyclovir prophylaxis for herpes simplex virus infection or infection recurrence following laser skin resurfacing 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 4. P. 331-336.
Neuberg S. Instrumentation in dermatologic surgery // Semin. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 13, N 1. P. 10-19.
Peterson S.R., Goldberg L.H. The rounded Siegel scalpel handle: a better instrument for curved incisions // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 2, N 6. P. 617-618.
Weber L.A. The surgical tray // Dermatol. Clin. 1998. Vol. 16, N 1. P. 17-24.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Protecting Yourself When Handling Contaminated Sharps. Washington, DC, 2011. http://www.osha.gov/OshDoc/data_Blood-borne-FactsZbbfact02.pdf. (date of access August 21, 2012).
Ries W.R., Clymer M.A., Reinisch L. Laser safety features of eye shields 11 Laser Surg. Med. 1996. Vol. 18, N 3. P. 309-315.
Geisse J.K. The dermatologic surgical suite 11 Semin. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 13, N l.P. 2-9.
Sebben J.E. Sterilization and care of surgical instruments and supplies // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 11, N 3. P. 381-392.
Trizna Z., Wagner R.F. Preventing self-inflicted injuries to the dermatologic surgeon 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 44, N 3. P. 520-522.
Nori S„ Greene M.A., Schrager H.M., Falanga V. Infectious occupational exposures in dermatology — a review of risks and prevention measures. I. For all dermatologists 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 53, N 6. P. 1010-1019.
The Facility Guidelines Institute. Guidelines for Design and Construction of Health Care Facilities. Chicago, IL: American Society for Healthcare Engineering of the American Hospital Association; 2010.
Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care. Accreditation Handbook 2011 For Ambulatory Health Care. Skokie, IL: Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care Inc; 2011.
Sterling J.B., Hanke C.W Office accreditation in dermatology, Semin Cutan Med Surg. 2005. Vol. 24, N 3. P. 128-132.
Squire A.J.B. Atlas of the Diseases of the Skin. London : J. Churchill, 1878.
Siegel D.M. Resolution in digital imaging: enough already? 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2002. Vol. 21, N 3. P. 209-215.
Ratner D., Thomas C.O., Bickers D. The uses of digital photography in dermatology // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 41, N 5. P. 749-756. doi: 10.1016/s0190-9622(99)70012-5.
Joshua E.L. Image registration of sequential transparent photographs to localize and detect new versus recurrent tumors in dermatologic and Mohs micrographic surgery // Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64, N 4. P. 786.el-786.e2. doi: 10.1016/j. jaad. 2010.08.035.
Langford M. Basic Photography. 7th ed. Burlington, MA : Oxford: Focal Press, 2000.
Bittorf A., Fartasch M., Schuler G., Diepgen T.L. Resolution requirements for digital images in dermatology 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 37, N 2. Pt 1. P. 195-198.
Freymann J.B., Kirby J.S., Perry J.H., Clunie D.A. et al. Image data sharing for biomedical research-meeting HIPAA requirements for De-identification 11 J. Digit. Imaging. 2012. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 14-24.
Witmer W.K., Lebovitz P.J. Clinical photography in the dermatology practice // Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2012. Vol. 31, N 3. P. 191-199. doi:10.1016/j.sder.2012.06.004.
Perlis C.S., Campbell R.M., Perlis R.H., Malik M. et al. Incidence of and risk factors for medical malpractice lawsuits among Mohs surgeons // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 79-83.
McGinness J.L., Goldstein G. The value of preoperative biopsy-site photography for identifying cutaneous lesions // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 2. P. 194-197. doi: 10.1111/ j.1524-4725. 2009.01426.x.
Lin B.B., Taylor R.S. Digital photography for mapping Mohs micrographic surgery sections 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 4. P. 411-414. doi: 10.1046/J.1524-4725.2001.00316.X.
Feit N.E., Dusza S.W., Marghoob A.A. Melanomas detected with the aid of total cutaneous photography // Br. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 150, N 4. P. 706-714.
Halpern A.C., Marghoob A.A., Bialoglow T.W., Witmer W. et al. Standardized positioning of patients (poses) for whole body cutaneous photography 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 49, N 4. P. 593-598.
Cohen M.H., Cohen B.J., Shotkin J.D., Morrison P.T. Surgical prophylaxis of malignant melanoma // Ann. Surg. 1991. Vol. 213, N 4. P. 308-314.
Tsao H., Bevona C„ Goggins W., Quinn T. The transformation rate of moles (melanocytic nevi) into cutaneous melanoma: a population-based estimate 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139, N 3. P. 282-288.
Gonzalez S., Gonzalez E., White W.M., Rajadhyaksha M. et al. Allergic contact dermatitis: correlation of in vivo confocal imaging to routine histology 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 40, N5. Pt l.P. 708-713.
Langley R.G., Rajadhyaksha M., Dwyer P.J., Sober A.J. et al. Confocal scanning laser microscopy of benign and malignant melanocytic skin lesions in vivo //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45, N 3. P. 365-376.
Gonzalez S„ Tannous Z. Real-time, in vivo confocal reflectance microscopy of basal cell carcinoma 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 47, N 6. P. 869-874.
Rajadhyaksha M„ Gonzalez S., Zavislan J.M., Anderson R.R. et al. In vivo confocal scanning laser microscopy of human skin II: advances in instrumentation and comparison with histology 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 113, N 3. P. 293-303.
Welzel J. Optical coherence tomography in dermatology: a review 11 Skin Res. Technol. 2001. Vol. 7, N l.P. 1-9.
Gambichler T„ Jaedicke V, Terras S. Optical coherence tomography in dermatology: technical and clinical aspects 11 Arch. Dermatol. Res. 2011. Vol. 303, N 7. P. 457-473.
URL: http://www.melafind.com. (date of access July 28, 2014)
Monheit G., Cognetta A.B., Ferris L. et al. The performance of MelaFind: a prospective multicenter study 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 147, N 2. P. 188-194.
Towfigh S., Cheadle W.G., Lowry S.F., Malangoni M.A. et al. Significant reduction in incidence of wound contamination by skin flora through use of microbial sealant 11 Arch. Surg. 2008. Vol. 143. P. 885-891; discussion 891.
Webster J., Alghamdi A.A. Use of plastic adhesive drapes during surgery or preventing surgical site infection // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2007. Vol. 4, CD006353.
Hurst E.A., Grekin R.C., Yu S.S., Neuhaus I.M. Infectious complications and antibiotic use in dermatologic surgery 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2007. Vol. 26, N 1. P. 47-53.
Wood L.D., Warner N.M., Billingsley E.M. Infectious complications о dermatologic procedures // Dermatol. Then 2011. Vol. 24. P. 558-570.
Martin J.E., Speyer L.A., Schmults C.D. Heightened infection-control practices are associated with significantly lower infection rates in office-based Mohs surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010.Vol. 36. P. 1529-1536.
Cook J.L., Perone J.B. A prospective evaluation of the incidence of complications associated with Mohs micrographic surgery 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139. P. 143-152.
Maragh S.L., Brown M.D. Prospective evaluation of surgical site infection rate among patients with Mohs micrographic surgery without the use of prophylactic antibiotics 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 275-278.
Bordeaux J.S., Martires K.J., Goldberg D„ Pattee S.F. et al. Prospective evaluation of dermatologic surgery complications including patients on multiple antiplatelet and anticoagulant medications 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65. P. 576-583.
Rogers H.D., Desciak E.B., Marcus R.P., Wang S. et al. Prospective study of wound infections in Mohs micrographic surgery using clean surgical technique in the absence of prophylactic antibiotics // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63. P. 842-851.
Sebben J.E. Sterile technique and the prevention of wound infection in office surgery — part I // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1988.Vol. 14. P. 1364-1371.
Pitt D., Aubin J.M. Joseph Lister: father of modern surgery // Can. J. Surg. 2012. Vol. 55. P. E8-E9.
Hurwitz B„ Dupree M. Why celebrate Joseph Lister? 11 Lancet. 2012. Vol. 379. P. e39-e40.
Ibrahimi O.A., Sharon V, Eisen D.B. Surgical-site infections and routes of bacterial transfer: which ones are most plausible? // Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1709-1720.
Pomerantz R.G., Lee D.A., Siegel D.M. Risk assessment in surgical patients: balancing iatrogenic risks and benefits 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 29. P. 669-677.
Saleh K„ Sonesson A., Persson B., Riesbeck K. et al. A descriptive study of bacterial load of full-thickness surgical wounds in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1014-1022.
Horan C., Gaynes R.P., Martone W.J., Jarvis W.R. et al. CDC definitions of nosocomial surgical site infections, 1992: a modification of CDC definitions of surgical wound infections // Infect. Control Hosp. Epidemiol. 1992. Vol. 13. P. 606-608.
Mangram A.J., Horan C., Pearson M.L., Silver L.C. et al. Guideline for prevention of surgical site infection, 1999. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Hospital Infection Control Practices Advisory Committee 11 Am. J. Infect. Control. 1999. Vol. 27. P. 97-132; quiz 33-34; discussion 96.
Horan C., Andrus M., Dudeck M.A. CDC/NHSN surveillance definition of health care-associated infection and criteria or specific types of infections in the acute care setting 11 Am. J. Infect. Control. 2008. Vol. 36. P. 309-332.
Cruse P.J., Foord R. The epidemiology of wound infection. A 10-year prospective study of 62 939 wounds 11 Surg. Clin. North Am. 1980. Vol. 60. P. 27-40.
Nestor M.S. Perioperative use of antibiotics: preventing and treating perioperative infections 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4. P. s34-s36.
Haas A., Grekin R. Atlas о Cutaneous Surgery. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1996.
Haas S. The use of a surgical patch coated with human coagulation actors in surgical routine: a multicenter postauthorization surveillance // Clin. Appl. Thromb. Hemost. 2006. Vol. 12. P. 445-450.
Culver D.H., Horan C„ Gaynes R.P. et al. Surgical wound infection rates by wound class, operative procedure, and patient risk index. National Nosocomial Infections Surveillance System 11 Am. J. Med. 1991. Vol. 91. P. 152S-157S.
Davis C.P. Normal flora // Medical Microbiology. 4th ed. I ed. S. Baron. Galveston, TX : University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston, 1996.
Gould D. Skin flora: implications for nursing // Nurs. Stand. 2012. Vol. 26. P. 48-56; quiz 58.
Sebben J.E. Sterile technique and the prevention of wound infection in office surgery — part II // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989.Vol. 15. P. 38-48.
Coia J.E., Duckworth G.J., Edwards D.I. et al. Guidelines for the control and prevention of meticillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) in healthcare facilities // J. Hosp. Infect. 2006. Vol. 63, suppl. 1. P. S1-S44.
Nichols R.L. Preventing surgical site infections: a surgeons perspective 11 Emerg. Infect. Dis. 2001. Vol. 7. P. 220-224.
Roth R.R., James WD. Microbiology of the skin: resident flora, ecology, infection 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 20. P. 367-390.
Webster J., Osborne S. Preoperative bathing or showering with skin antiseptics to prevent surgical site infection // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2012. Vol. 9. CD004985.
Thur de Koos P., McComas B. Shaving versus skin depilatory cream for preoperative skin preparation. A prospective study of wound infection rates 11 Am. J. Surg. 1983. Vol. 145. P. 377-378.
Eisen D.B. Surgeons garb and infection control: what’s the evidence? 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64. P. 96O.e 1-960. e20.
Curie K., Speller D.C., Simpson R.A., Stephens M. et al. A hospital epidemic caused by gentamicin-resistant Klebsiella aerogenes 11 J. Hyg. (bond.). 1978. Vol. 80. P. 115-123.
Bagger-Sjoback D., Mendel L„ Nord C.E. The role of prophylactic antibiotics in middle ear surgery. A study on phenoxymethylpenicillin prophylaxis 11 Am. J. Otol. 1987. Vol. 8. P. 519-523.
Rosengren H., Dixon A. Antibacterial prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: an evidence-based review 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 11. P. 35-44.
Miller J.J., Weber P.C., Patel S., Ramey J. Intracranial surgery: to shave or not to shave? 11 Otol. Neurotol. 2001. Vol. 22. P. 908-911.
Kumar К., T omas J., Chan C. Cosmesis in neurosurgery: is the bald head necessary to avoid postoperative infection? 11 Ann. Acad. Med. Singapore. 2002. Vol. 31. P. 150-154.
Tanner J, Norrie P, Melen K. Preoperative hair removal to reduce surgical site infection // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2011.Vol. 11.CD004122.
Becerro de Bengoa Vallejo R., Losa Iglesias M.E., Alou Cer-vera L„ Sevillano Fernandez D. et al. Efficacy of preoperative and intraoperative skin and nail surgical preparation of the foot in reducing bacterial load 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1258-1265.
Dzubow L.M., Halpern A.C., Leyden J.J., Grossman D. et al. Comparison of preoperative skin preparations or the ace 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 19. P. 737-741.
Noorani A., Rabey N., Walsh S.R., Davies RJ. Systematic review and meta-analysis of preoperative antisepsis with chlor-hexidine versus povidone-iodine in clean-contaminated surgery 11 Br. J. Surg. 2010. Vol. 97. P. 1614-1620.
Darouiche R.O., Wall M.J., Itani K.M. et al. Chlorhexidineal-cohol versus povidone-iodine for surgical-site antisepsis // N. Engl. J. Med. 2010. Vol. 362. P. 18-26.
Larson E.L. APIC guideline for hand-washing and hand antisepsis in health care settings 11 Am. J. Infect. Control. 1995. Vol. 23. P. 251-269.
Lee L, Agarwal R.K., Lee B.Y., Fishman N.O. et al. Systematic review and cost analysis comparing use of chlorhexidine with use of iodine for preoperative skin antisepsis to prevent surgical site infection // Infect. Control Hosp. Epidemiol. 2010. Vol. 31. P. 1219-1229.
Nichols R.L. Current strategies or prevention of surgical site infections 11 Curr. Infect. Dis. Rep. 2004. Vol. 6. P. 426-434.
Hibbard J.S. Analyses comparing the antimicrobial activity and safety of current antiseptic agents: a review 11 J. Infus. Nurs. 2005. Vol. 28. P. 194-207.
Edwards P.S., Lipp A., Holmes A. Preoperative skin antiseptics for preventing surgical wound infections after clean surgery 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2004. Vol. 3. CD003949.
Arefiev K., Warycha M., Whiting D., Alam M. Flammability of topical preparations and surgical dressings in cutaneous and laser surgery: a controlled simulation study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67. P. 700-705.
Bicknell P.G. Sensorineural deafness following myringoplasty operations 11 J. Laryngol. Otol. 1971. Vol. 85. P. 957-961.
MacRae S.M., Brown B., Edelhauser H.F. The corneal toxicity of presurgical skin antiseptics // Am. J. Ophthalmol. 1984. Vol. 97. P. 221-232.
Igarashi Y., Suzuki J. Cochlear ototoxicity of chlorhexidine gluconate in cats // Arch. Otorhinolaryngol. 1985. Vol. 242. P. 167-176.
Hamill M.B., Osato M.S., Wilhelmus K.R. Experimental evaluation of chlorhexidine gluconate for ocular antisepsis 11 An-timicrob. Agents Chemother. 1984. Vol. 26. P. 793-796.
Dormans J.A., van Logten MJ. The effects of ophthalmic preservatives on corneal epithelium of the rabbit: a scanning electron microscopical study // Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 1982. Vol. 62. P. 251-261.
Perez R., Freeman S„ Sohmer H., Sichel J.Y. Vestibular and cochlear ototoxicity of topical antiseptics assessed by evoked potentials 11 Laryngoscope. 2000. Vol. ПО. P. 1522-1527.
Durani P., Leaper D. Povidone-iodine: use in hand disinfection, skin preparation and antiseptic irrigation 11 Int. Wound J. 2008. Vol. 5. P. 376-387.
Lenhardt H.F., Lachapelle N.C. Povidone-iodine as a topical antiseptic // Va Med. Mon. (1918). 1961. Vol. 88. P. 454-457.
Webster J., Bell-Syer S.E., Foxlee R. Skin preparation with alcohol versus alcohol followed by any antiseptic for preventing bacteraemia or contamination of blood for transfusion 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2009. Vol. 3. CD007948.
Chlorhexidine and other antiseptics 11 Med. Lett. Drugs Then 1976. Vol. 18. P. 85-86.
Tanner J., Swarbrook S„ Stuart J. Surgical hand antisepsis to reduce surgical site infection 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2008.Vol. 1. CD004288.
Hobson D.W, Woller W, Anderson L., Guthery E. Development and evaluation of a new alcohol-based surgical hand scrub formulation with persistent antimicrobial characteristics and brushless application 11 Am. J. Infect. Control. 1998. Vol. 26. P. 507-512.
Crowder V.H., Welsh J.S., Bornside G.H., Cohn I. Jr. Bacteriological comparison of hexachlorophene and polyvinylpyrrolidone- iodine surgical scrub soaps 11 Am. Surg. 1967. Vol. 33. P. 906-911.
Kimbrough R.D. Review of the toxicity of hexachlorophene, including its neurotoxicity // J. Clin. Pharmacol. 1973. Vol. 13. P. 439-444.
Ehrenkranz N.J. Bland soap handwash or hand antisepsis? The pressing need for clarity 11 Infect. Control Hosp. Epidemiol. 1992. Vol. 13. P. 299-301.
Tanner J. Methods of skin antisepsis for preventing SSIs 11 Nurs. Times. 2012. Vol. 108. P. 20, 22.
Morgan J.P., Haug R.H., Kosman J.W. Antimicrobial skin preparations for the maxillofacial region 11 J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. 1996. Vol. 54. P. 89-94.
Woodhead K., Taylor E.W., Bannister G„ Chesworth T. et al. Behaviours and rituals in the operating theatre. A report from the Hospital Infection Society Working Party on Infection Control in Operating Theatres 11 J. Hosp. Infect. 2002. Vol. 51. P. 241-255.
Lipp A., Phillips C., Harris P„ Dowie I. Cyanoacrylate microbial sealants for skin preparation prior to surgery 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2010. Vol. 10. CD008062.
Cronen G„ Ringus V, Sigle G., Ryu J. Sterility of surgical site marking // J. Bone Joint Surg. Am. 2005. Vol. 87. P. 2193-2195.
Tadiparthi S., Shokrollahi K„ Juma A., Croall J. Using marker pens on patients: a potential source of cross infection with MRSA П Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 2007. Vol. 89. P. 661-664.
Ballal M.S., Shah N., Ballal M., O’Donoghue M. et al. The risk of cross-infection when marking surgical patients prior to surgery — review of two types of marking pens 11 Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 2007. Vol. 89. P. 226-228.
Russell P.G., McKinnell H. Cross infection risk in surgical marking pens 11 J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2007. Vol. 60. P. 572-573.
Cao L.Y., Taylor J.S., Vidimos A. Patient safety in dermatology: a review of the literature // Dermatol. Online J. 2010. Vol. 16. P. 3.
Thomas R.J., Goodbourne C„ Goldie B. The transmission of MRSA via orthopaedic marking pens — fact or fiction 11 Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl. 2004. Vol. 86. P. 51-52.
Chen M., Castaneda M., Wanitphakdeedecha R., Nguyen H. et al. Precautions with gentian violet: skin marking made sterile, effective, and economical // Am. J. Infect. Control. 2009.Vol. 37. P. 244-246.
Chiu K.Y., Lau S.K., Fung B., Ng K.H. et al. Plastic adhesive drapes and wound infection after hip fracture surgery // Aust. N. Z. J. Surg. 1993. Vol. 63. P. 798-801.
Sebben J.E. Sterilization and care of surgical instruments and supplies 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 11. P. 381-392.
Lilly E., Schmults C.D. A comparison of high- and low-cost infection-control practices in dermatologic surgery 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148. P. 859-861.
Messina M.J., Brodell L.A., Brodell R.T., Mostow E.N. Hand hygiene in the dermatologists office: to wash or to rub? 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 1043-1049.
Parienti J.J., Thibon P„ Heller R. et al. Hand-rubbing with an aqueous alcoholic solution vs traditional surgical hand-scrubbing and 30-day surgical site infection rates: a randomized equivalence study 11 JAMA. 2002. Vol. 288. P. 722-727.
Gordin F.M., Schultz M.E., Huber R.A., Gill J.A. Reduction in nosocomial transmission of drug-resistant bacteria after introduction of an alcohol-based handrub 11 Infect. Control Hosp. Epidemiol. 2005. Vol. 26. P. 650-653.
Arrowsmith V.A., Taylor R. Removal of nail polish and finger rings to prevent surgical infection // Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2012. Vol. 5. CD003325.
Sebben J.E. Survey of sterile technique used by dermatologic surgeons//J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 18. P. 1107-1113.
Ritter M.A., French M.L., Eitzen H. Evaluation of microbial contamination of surgical gloves during actual use 11 Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 1976. Vol. 117. P. 303-306.
Xia Y., Cho S., Greenway H.T., Zelac D.E. et al. Infection rates of wound repairs during Mohs micrographic surgery using sterile versus nonsterile gloves: a prospective randomized pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 651-656.
Rhinehart M.B., Murphy M.M., Farley M.F., Albertini J.G. Sterile versus nonsterile gloves during Mohs micrographic surgery: infection rate is not affected И Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 170-176.
Chiu W.K., Cheung L.K., Chan H.C., Chow L.K. A comparison of post-operative complications following wisdom tooth surgery performed with sterile or clean gloves 11 Int. J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. 2006. Vol. 35. P. 174-179.
Tanner J„ Parkinson H. Double gloving to reduce surgical cross-infection 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2006. Vol. 3. CD003087.
Lipp A., Edwards P. Disposable surgical face masks for preventing surgical wound infection in clean surgery 11 Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2002. Vol. 1. CD002929.
Ritter M.A., Eitzen H.E., Hart J.B., French M.L. The surgeons garb II Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 1980. Vol. 153. P. 204-209.
Ritter M.A., Eitzen H., French M.L., Hart J.B. The operating room environment as affected by people and the surgical ace mask// Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 1975. Vol. 111. P. 147-150.
Weber A., Willeke K., Marchioni R. et al. Aerosol penetration and leakage characteristics of masks used in the health care industry 11 Am. J. Infect. Control. 1993. Vol. 21. P. 167-173.
Dineen P., Drusin L. Epidemics о postoperative wound infections associated with hair carriers // Lancet. 1973. Vol. 2. P. 1157-1159.
Krueger C.A., Murray C.K., Mende K., Guymon C.H. et al. The bacterial contamination of surgical scrubs 11 Am. J. Orthop. (Belle Mead NJ). 2012. Vol. 41. P. E69-E73.
Moylan J. A., Kennedy В. V. The importance of gown and drape barriers in the prevention of wound infection 11 Surg. Gynecol. Obstet. 1980. Vol. 151. P. 465-470.
Harrison S.K., Evans W.J., LeBlanc D.A., Bush L.W. Cleaning and decontaminating medical instruments // J. Healthc. Mater. Manage. 1990. Vol. 8. P. 36-42.
Goss L.K. Staying up to date on disinfection and sterilization techniques: brush up on AORN’s recommendations for perioperative practice // Plast. Surg. Nurs. 2012. Vol. 32. P. 112-116.
Geisse J.K. The dermatologic surgical suite // Semin. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 13. P. 2-9.
Dancer S.J., Stewart M„ Coulombe C., Gregori A. et al. Surgical site infections linked to contaminated surgical instruments 11 J. Hosp. Infect. 2012. Vol. 81. P. 231-238.
Pollack S.V. Rapid instrument sterilization // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 438-439.
Mallison G.F., Standard P.G. Safe storage times for sterile packs 11 Hospitals. 1974. Vol. 48. P. 77-78, 80.
Waked W.R., Simpson A.K., Miller C.P., Magit D.P. et al. Sterilization wrap inspections do not adequately evaluate instrument sterility // Clin. Orthop. Relat. Res. 2007. Vol. 462. P. 207-211.
Smack D.P., Harrington A.C., Dunn C. et al. Infection and allergy incidence in ambulatory surgery patients using white petrolatum vs bacitracin ointment. A randomized controlled trial II JAMA. 1996. Vol. 276. P. 972-977.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Dixon J.B. Randomized clinical trial of the effect of applying ointment to surgical wounds before occlusive dressing 11 Br. J. Surg. 2006. Vol. 93. P. 937-943.
Sheth V.M., Weitzul S. Postoperative topical antimicrobial use // Dermatitis. 2008. Vol. 19. P. 181-189.
Ring М.Е. The history of local anesthesia 11 ]. Calif. Dent. Assoc. 2007. Vol. 35. P. 275-282.
Calatayud J., Gonzalez A. History of the development and evolution of local anesthesia since the coca leaf // Anesthesiology. 2003. Vol. 98. P. 1503-1508.
Covino B.G. Local anesthesia. 1 // N. Engl. J. Med. 1972. Vol. 286. P. 975-983.
Covino B.G. Local anesthesia. 2 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1972. Vol. 286. P. 1035-1042.
Becker D.E., Reed K.L. Essentials of local anesthetic pharmacology // Anesth. Prog. 2006. Vol. 53. P. 98-108; quiz 9-10.
Tetzlaff J.E. The pharmacology of local anesthetics 11 Anesthe-siol. Clin. North Am. 2000. Vol. 18. P. 217-233, v.
Grekin R.C., Auletta M.J. Local anesthesia in dermatologic surgery// J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 19. P. 599-614.
Selden R., Sasahara A.A. Central nervous system toxicity induced by lidocaine. Report of a case in a patient with liver disease 11 JAMA. 1967. Vol. 202. P. 908-909.
Covino B.G. Pharmacology of local anaesthetic agents 11 Br. J. Anaesth. 1986. Vol. 58. P. 701-716.
Fink B.R. The long and the short of conduction block // Anesth. Analg. 1989. Vol. 68. P. 553-555.
Butterworth J.F. IV, Strichartz G.R. Molecular mechanisms of local anesthesia: a review 11 Anesthesiology. 1990. Vol. 72. P. 711-734.
Ragsdale D.S., McPhee J.C., Scheuer T., Catterall W.A. Molecular determinants of state-dependent block of Na+ channels by local anesthetics 11 Science. 1994. Vol. 265. P. 1724-1728.
Fante R.G., Elner V.M. The use of epinephrine in infiltrative local anesthesia for eyelid reconstruction // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1998. Vol. 102. P. 917.
Siegel R.J., Vistnes L.M., Iverson R.E. Effective hemostasis with less epinephrine. An experimental and clinical study 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1973. Vol. 51. P. 129-133.
Lawrence C. Drug management in skin surgery // Drugs. 1996.Vol. 52. P. 805-817.
Richards K.A., Stasko T. Dermatologic surgery and the pregnant patient // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 248-256.
Auletta M.J. Local anesthesia for dermatologic surgery 11 Semin. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 13. P. 35-42.
Moore D.C., Bridenbaugh L.D., Thompson G.E., Balfour R.I. et al. Factors determining dosages of amide-type local anesthetic drugs 11 Anesthesiology. 1977. Vol. 47. P. 263-268.
Howe N.R., Williams J.M. Pain of injection and duration of anesthesia for intradermal infiltration of lidocaine, bupi-vacaine, and etidocaine 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 459-464.
McKay W., Morris R., Mushlin P. Sodium bicarbonate attenuates pain on skin infiltration with lidocaine, with or without epinephrine // Anesth. Analg. 1987. Vol. 66. P. 572-574.
Stewart J.H., Chinn S.E., Cole G.W., Klein J.A. Neutralized lidocaine with epinephrine for local anesthesia-II //J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 842-845.
Stewart J.H., Cole G.W., Klein J.A. Neutralized lidocaine with epinephrine for local anesthesia // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 1081-1083.
Lewis-Smith P.A. Adjunctive use of hyaluronidase in local anaesthesia 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1986. Vol. 39. P. 554-558.
Clark L.E., Mellette J.R. Jr. The use of hyaluronidase as an adjunct to surgical procedures //J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 842-844.
Adriani J., Dalili H. Penetration of local anesthetics through epithelial barriers 11 Anesth. Analg. 1971. Vol. 50. P. 834-841.
Huang W., Vidimos A. Topical anesthetics in dermatology // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43. P. 286-298.
Naguib M., Magboul M.M., Samarkandi A.H., Attia M. Adverse effects and drug interactions associated with local and regional anaesthesia 11 Drug Saf. 1998. Vol. 18. P. 221-250.
Chen B.K., Eichenfield L.F. Pediatric anesthesia in dermatologic surgery: when hand-holding is not enough 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 1010-1018.
Rincon E., Baker R.L., Iglesias A.J., Duarte A.M. CNS toxicity after topical application of EMLA cream on a toddler with molluscum contagiosum // Pediatr. Emerg. Care. 2000. Vol. 16. P. 252-254.
Friedman P.M., Fogelman J.P., Nouri K., Levine V.J. et al. Comparative study of the efficacy of four topical anesthetics II Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 950-954.
Zempsky W.T., Karasic R.B. EMLA versus TAC for topical anesthesia of extremity wounds in children 11 Ann. Emerg. Med. 1997. Vol. 30. P. 163-166.
Bucalo B.D., Mirikitani E.J., Moy R.L. Comparison of skin anesthetic effect of liposomal lidocaine, nonliposomal lidocaine, and EMLA using 30-minute application time 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1998. Vol. 24. P. 537-541.
Nestor M.S. Safety of occluded 4% liposomal lidocaine cream 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 5. P. 618-620.
Altman D.A., Gildenberg S.R. High-energy pulsed light source hair removal device used to evaluate the onset of action of a new topical anesthetic 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 816-818.
Koppel R.A., Coleman K.M., Coleman W.P. The efficacy of EMLA versus ELA-Max for pain relief in medium-depth chemical peeling: a clinical and histopathologic evaluation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 61-64.
Juhlin L., Evers H„ Broberg F. A lidocaine-prilocaine cream for superficial skin surgery and painful lesions // Acta Derm. Venereol. 1980. Vol. 60. P. 544-546.
Eaglstein N.F. Chemical injury to the eye from EMLA cream during erbium laser resurfacing 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 590-591.
Bryan H.A., Alster T.S. The S-Caine peel: a novel topical anesthetic for cutaneous laser surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 999-1003.
McCafferty D.F., Woolfson A.D., Handley J., Allen G. Effect of percutaneous local anaesthetics on pain reduction during pulse dye laser treatment of portwine stains // Br. J. Anaesth. 1997.Vol. 78. P. 286-289.
Kuwahara R.T., Skinner R.B. Emla versus ice as a topical anesthetic 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 495-496.
Plotkin S. Clinical comparison of preinjection anesthetics // J. Am. Podiatr. Med. Assoc. 1998. Vol. 88. P. 73-79.
White J.M., Siegfried E„ Boulden M., Padda G. Possible hazards of cryogen use with pulsed dye laser. A case report and summary 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 250-252; discussion 252-253.
DeCou J.M., Abrams R.S., Hammond J.H., Lowder L.R. et al. Iontophoresis: a needle-free, electrical system of local anesthesia delivery for pediatric surgical office procedures // J. Pediatr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 34. P. 946-949.
Greenbaum S.S., Bernstein E.F. Comparison of iontophoresis of lidocaine with a eutectic mixture of lidocaine and prilo-caine (EMLA) for topically administered local anesthesia 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 579-583.
Gangarosa L.P. Sr, Ozawa A., Ohkido M„ Shimomura Y. et al. Iontophoresis for enhancing penetration of dermatologic and antiviral drugs 11 J. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 22. P. 865-875.
Lener E.V., Bucalo B.D., Kist D.A., Moy R.L. Topical anesthetic agents in dermatologic surgery. A review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 673-683.
Klein J.A. Anesthetic formulation of tumescent solutions // Dermatol. Clin. 1999. Vol. 17. P. 751-759, v-vi.
Ostad A., Kageyama N„ Moy R.L. Tumescent anesthesia with a lidocaine dose of 55 mg/kg is safe for liposuction // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 921-927.
Klein J.A. The tumescent technique. Anesthesia and modified liposuction technique 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1990. Vol. 8. P. 425-437.
Lillis PJ. Liposuction surgery under local anesthesia: limited blood loss and minimal lidocaine absorption // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1988. Vol. 14. P. 1145-1148.
Hawkins J.M., Moore P.A. Local anesthesia: advances in agents and techniques 11 Dent. Clin. North Am. 2002. Vol. 46. P. 719-732, ix.
Denkler K. A comprehensive review of epinephrine in the finger: to do or not to do II Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 108. P. 114-124.
Eaton J.S., Grekin R.C. Regional anesthesia of the face // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 1006-1009.
Cohen S.J., Roenigk R.K. Nerve blocks for cutaneous surgery on the foot // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17. P. 527-534.
Randle H.W., Salassa J.R., Roenigk R.K. Know your anatomy. Local anesthesia for cutaneous lesions of the head and neck-practical applications of peripheral nerve blocks // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 231-235.
Earle A.S., Blanchard J.M. Regional anesthesia in the upper extremity 11 Clin. Plast. Surg. 1985. Vol. 12. P. 97-114.
Wilhelmi B.J., Blackwell S.J., Miller J.H. et al. Do not use epinephrine in digital blocks: myth or truth? 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2001. Vol. 107. P. 393-397.
O’Donnell J., Wilson K„ Leonard P.A. An avoidable complication of digital nerve block // Emerg. Med. J. 2001. Vol. 18. P. 316.
Sarrafian S.K., Ibrahim I.N., Breihan J.H. Ankle-foot peripheral nerve block for mid and forefoot surgery 11 Foot Ankle. 1983. Vol. 4. P. 86-90.
Ben-David B. Complications of peripheral blockade 11 Anes-thesiol. Clin. North Am. 2002. Vol. 20. P. 695-707.
Heard C.M., Lajohn S., Fletcher J.E. An accidental ringblock of the great toe? 11 Paediatr. Anaesth. 2001. Vol. 11. P. 123.
Faccenda K.A., Finucane B.T. Complications of regional anaesthesia Incidence and prevention // Drug Saf. 2001. Vol. 24. P. 413-442.
McCaughey W. Adverse effects of local anaesthetics // Drug Saf. 1992. Vol. 7. P. 178-189.
Mackley C.L., Marks J.G. Jr, Anderson B.E. Delayed-type hypersensitivity to lidocaine 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139. P. 343-346.
Bartfield J.M., Jandreau S.W., Raccio-Robak N. Randomized trial of diphenhydramine versus benzyl alcohol with epinephrine as an alternative to lidocaine local anesthesia // Ann. Emerg. Med. 1998. Vol. 32. P. 650-654.
Dire D.J., Hogan D.E. Double-blinded comparison of diphenhydramine versus lidocaine as a local anesthetic 11 Ann. Emerg. Med. 1993. Vol. 22. P. 1419-1422.
Altunkaya H., Ozer Y, Kargi E., Babuccu O. Comparison of local anaesthetic effects of tramadol with prilocaine for minor surgical procedures 11 Br. J. Anaesth. 2003. Vol. 90. P. 320-322.
Pang W.W., Mok M.S., Chang D.P., Yang T.F. et al. Intradermal injection of tramadol has local anesthetic effect: a comparison with lidocaine // Acta Anaesthesiol. Sin. 1998. Vol. 36. P. 133-136.
Klein J.A., Kassarjdian N. Lidocaine toxicity with tumescent liposuction. A case report of probable drug interactions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 1169-1174.
Oni G., Brown S„ Burrus C. et al. Effect of 4% topical lidocaine applied to the face on the serum levels of lidocaine and its metabolite, monoethylglycinexylidide 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2010. Vol. 30. P. 853-858.
Oni G., Brown S., Kenkel J. Comparison of five common-lyavailable, lidocaine-containing topical anesthetics and their effect on serum levels of lidocaine and its metabolite monoethylglycinexylidide (MEGX) // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2012. Vol. 32. P. 495-503.
Berkman S„ MacGregor J., Alster T. Adverse effects of topical anesthetics for dermatologic procedures 11 Expert Opin. Drug Saf. 2012. Vol. 11. P. 415-423.
Coleman M.D., Coleman N.A. Drug-induced methaemo-globinaemia. Treatment issues 11 Drug Saf. 1996. Vol. 14. P. 394-405.
de Almeida A.R., Kadunc B.V., de Oliveira E.M. Improving botulinum toxin therapy for palmar hyperhidrosis: wrist block and technical considerations 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 34-36.
Keel D., Goldman M.P. Tumescent anesthesia in ambulatory phlebectomy: addition of epinephrine 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 371-372.
Hanke C.W. The tumescent facial block: tumescent local anesthesia and nerve block anesthesia for full-face laser resurfacing II Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 1003-1005.
Coleman W.P. Ill, Klein J.A. Use of the tumescent technique for scalp surgery, dermabrasion, and soft tissue reconstruction // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 130-135.
Whitney S.N., McGuire A.L., McCullough L.B. A typology of shared decision making, informed consent, and simple consent 11 Ann. Intern. Med. 2003. Vol. 140. P. 54-59.
Torres A. et al. Medical and legal aspects of skin cancer patients 11 Cancer of the Skin. 2nd ed. / ed. D. Rigel D. China : Elsevier; Saunders, 2011.
Dobbs D.B. The Law of Torts. St Paul, MN : West Group, 2000.
Pape T. Legal and ethical considerations of informed consent // AORN J. 1997. Vol. 65, N 6. P. 1122-1127.
Paterick T.J., Carson G.V., Allen M.C., Paterick ТЕ. Medical informed consent: general considerations for physicians 11 Mayo Clin. Proc. 2008. Vol. 83, N 3. P. 313-319.
Sprung C.L., Winick B.J. Informed consent in theory and practice: legal and medical perspectives on the informed consent doctrine and a proposed reconceptualization 11 Crit. Care Med. 1989. Vol. 17. P. 1346-1354.
Bernat J., Peterson L. Patient-centered informed consent in surgical practice // Arch. Surg. 2006. Vol. 141. P. 86-92.
Jones J.W, McCullough L.B., Richman B.W. A comprehensive primer of surgical informed consent // Surg. Clin. North Am. 2007. Vol. 87. P. 903-918.
Venesy B.A. A clinicians guide to decision making capacity and ethically sound medical decisions 11 Am. J. Phys. Med. Rehabil. 1994. Vol. 73. P. 219-226.
Sessums L.L., Zembrzuska H., Jackson J.L. Does this patient have medical decision-making capacity? 11 JAMA. 2011. Vol. 306, N 4. P. 420-427.
Whitely L„ Kuwahara R.T., Garcia C. Dermatologic surgery in the demented patient // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 241-244.
Berlan E.D., Bravender T. Confidentiality, consent and caring for the adolescent patient 11 Curr. Opin. Pediatr. 2009. Vol. 21. P. 450-456.
McAbee G.N.; Committee on Medical Liability and Risk Management American Academy of Pediatrics. Consent by proxy for nonurgent pediatric care 11 Pediatrics. 2010. Vol. 126. P. 1022-1031.
Pallin D.J., Harris R., Johnson C.I., Giraldez E. Is consent «informed» when patients receive care from medical trainees? // Acad. Emerg. Med. 2008. Vol. 15. P. 1304-1308.
Schwarze M.L. The process of informed consent: neither the time nor the place for disclosure of surgeon-specific outcomes 11 Ann. Surg. 2007. Vol. 245. P. 514-515.
Laine C., Davidoff F. Patient-centered medicine: a professional evolution // JAMA. 1996. Vol. 275. P. 152-156.
Kaibara P. 8 ways to improve the informed consent process 11 J. Fam. Pract. 2010. Vol. 59, N 7. P. 373-375.
National Quality Forum. Implementing a National Voluntary Consensus Standard for Informed Consent: A Users Guide for Healthcare Professionals. Washington, DC : National Quality Forum, 2005. P. 13, 15, 27.
King J., Eckman M., Moulton B. The potential of shared decision making to reduce health disparities //J. Law Med. Ethics. 2011. Vol. 39, suppl. 1. P. 30-33.
Fleishman M., Garcia C. Informed consent in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 952-955.
Godwin Y. Do they Listen? A review of information retained by patients following consent for reduction mammoplasty П Br. J. Plast. Surg. 2000. Vol. 53. P. 121-125.
Hekkenberg R.J., Irish J.C., Rotstein L.E., Brown D.H. et al. Informed consent in head and neck surgery: how much do patients actually remember? // J. Otolaryngol. 1997. Vol. 26. P. 155-159.
Herz D.A., Looman J.E., Lewis S.K. Informed consent: is it a myth? 11 Neurosurgery. 1992. Vol. 30. P. 453-458.
Kriwanek S., Armbuster C., Beckerhinn P., Blauensteier W. et al. Patients’ assessment and recall of surgical information after laparoscopic cholecystectomy // Dig. Surg. 1998. Vol. 15. P. 669-673.
Priluck LA., Robertson D.M., Buettner H. What patients recall of the preoperative discussion after retinal detachment surgery 11 Am. J. Opthalmol. 1979. Vol. 87. P. 620-623.
Armstrong A.W., Alikhan A., Cheng L.S., Schupp C. et al. Portable video media for presenting informed consent and wound care instructions for skin biopsies: a randomized controlled trial II Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 163. P. 1014-1019.
Edwards W.S., Yahne C., Thomas G. Orr Memorial Lecture: surgical informed consent: what it is and is not // Am. J. Surg. 1987. Vol. 154. P. 574-578.
O’Connor A.M., Bennett C.L., Stacey D. et al. Decision aids for people facing health treatment or screening decisions // Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009. Vol. 3. URL: http://deci-sionaid.ohri.ca/cochsystem.html.
Idriss N.Z., Alikhan A., Baba K., Armstrong A.W Online video-based patient education improves melanoma awareness: a randomized controlled trial 11 Telemed. J. E Health. 2009. Vol. 15. P. 992-997.
Miller J.S., Litva A., Gabby M. Motivating patients with shoulder and back pain to self-care: can a videotape of exercise support physiotherapy? // Physiotherapy. 2009. Vol. 95. P. 29-35.
Hill A.M., McPhail S., Hoffman T. et al. A randomized trial comparing digital video disc with written delivery of fall prevention education for the older patients in hospital 11 J. Am. Geriatr. Soc. 2009. Vol. 57. P. 1458-1463.
Ong J., Miller P.S., Appleby R., Allegretto R. et al. Effect of a preoperative instructional digital video disc on patient knowledge and preparedness for engaging in postoperative care activities 11 Nurs. Clin. North Am. 2009. Vol. 44. P. 103-115.
Jlala Ha, French J.L., Foxall G.L. et al. Effect of preoperative multimedia information on perioperative anxiety in patients undergoing procedures under regional anesthesia // Br. J. Ana-esth. 2010. Vol. 104. P. 369-374.
Schillinger D„ Piette J„ Grumback K. et al. Closing the loop: physician communication with diabetic patients who have low health literacy 11 Arch. Intern. Med. 2003. Vol. 163. P. 83-90.
Segal J., Sacopulos MJ. Photography consent and related legal issue II Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2007. Vol. 18, N 2. P. 237-244.
Hill K. Consent, confidentiality and record keeping for the recording and usage of medical images // J. Vis. Commun. Med. 2006. Vol. 29, N 2. P. 76-79.
Mavroforou A., Antoniou G., Giannoukas A.D. Ethical and legal aspects on the use of images and photographs in medical teaching and publication 11 Int. Angiol. 2010. Vol. 29, N 4. P. 376-379.
Farmer E.R., Gonin R., Hanna M.P. Discordance in the histopathologic diagnosis of melanoma and melanocytic nevi between expert pathologists // Hum. Pathol. 1996. Vol. 27. P. 528-531.
McGinness J.L., Goldstein G. The value of preoperative biopsysite photography for identifying cutaneous lesions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 2. P. 194-197.
Starling J. Ill, Coldiron B.M. Outcome of 6 years of protocol use for preventing wrong site office surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 4. P. 807-810.
National Diabetes Fact Sheet. National estimates and general information on diabetes and prediabetes in the United States, 2011.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Askew D.A., Wilkinson D. Prospective study of wound infections in dermatologic surgery in the absence of prophylactic antibiotics // Dermatol Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 6. P. 819-826; discussion 826-827.
Heal C.F., Buettner P.G., Drobetz H. Risk factors for surgical site infection after dermatological surgery // Int. J. Dermatol. 2012.Vol. 51, N7. P. 796-803.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Dixon J.B. Prospective study of skin surgery in patients with and without known diabetes // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 7. P. 1035-1040.
Straith R.E., Raju D.R., Hipps C.J. The study of hematomas in 500 consecutive face lifts 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1977. Vol. 59, N 5. P. 694-698.
Howell S.J., Sear J.W., Foex P. Hypertension, hypertensive heart disease and perioperative cardiac risk 11 Br. J. Anaesth. 2004. Vol. 92, N 4. P. 570-583.
Larson M.J., Taylor R.S. Monitoring vital signs during outpatient Mohs and post-Mohs reconstructive surgery performed under local anesthesia // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 5. P. 777-783.
Levine G.N., Bates E.R., Blankenship J.C. et al. 2011 ACCF/ AHA/SCAI Guideline for Percutaneous Coronary Intervention: executive summary: a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions // Circulation. 2011. Vol. 124, N 23. P. 2574-2609.
Chu M.B., Turner R.B., Kriegel D.A. Patients with drug-elut-ing stents and management of their anticoagulant therapy in cutaneous surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64, N 3. P. 553-558.
Douketis J.D., Berger P.B., Dunn A.S. et al.; American College of Chest Physicians. The perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines (8th ed.) 11 Chest. 2008. Vol. 133, N 6. Suppl. P. 299S-339S.
Korte W., Cattaneo M., Chassot P.G. et al. Peri-operative management of antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: joint position paper by members of the working group on Perioperative Haemostasis of the Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis Research (GTH), the working group on Perioperative Coagulation of the Austrian Society for Anesthesiology, Resuscitation and Intensive Care (OG-ARI) and the Working Group Thrombosis of the European Society for Cardiology (ESC) 11 Thromb. Haemost. 2011. Vol. 105, N 5. P. 743-749.
Weyer C., Siegle R.J., Eng G.G. Investigation of hyfrecators and their in vitro interference with implantable cardiac devices 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 11. P. 1843-1848.
Peterson S.R., Joseph A.K. Inherited bleeding disorders in dermatologic surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 10. P. 885-889.
Drapeau C.M., Pan A., Bellacosa C. et al. Surgical site infections in HIV-infected patients: results from an Italian prospective multicenter observational study 11 Infection. 2009. Vol. 37, N 5. P. 455-460.
Kigera J.W., Straetemans M., Vuhaka S.K., Nagel I.M. et al. Is there an increased risk of post-operative surgical site infection after orthopaedic surgery in HIV patients? A systematic review and meta-analysis 11 PLoS One. 2012. Vol. 7, N 8. Article ID e42254.
LoPiccolo M.C., Balle M.R., Kouba D.J. Safety precautions in Mohs micrographic surgery for patients with known bloodborne infections: a survey-based study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 7. Pt 1. P. 1059-1065.
Seamon M.J., Ginwalla R., Kulp H. et al. HIV and hepatitis in an urban penetrating trauma population: unrecognized and untreated 11 J. Trauma. 2011. Vol. 71, N 2. P. 306-310; discussion 311.
Qato D.M., Alexander G.C., Conti R.M., Johnson M. et al. Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States // JAMA. 2008. Vol. 300, N 24. P. 2867-2878.
Budnitz D.S., Pollock D.A., Weidenbach K.N., Mendelsohn A.B. et al. National surveillance of emergency department visits for outpatient adverse drug events 11 JAMA. 2006. Vol. 296, N 15. P. 1858-1866.
Gurwitz J.H., Field T.S., Harrold L.R. et al. Incidence and preventability of adverse drug events among older persons in the ambulatory setting 11 JAMA. 2003. Vol. 289, N 9. P. 1107-1116.
Callahan S„ Goldsberry A., Kim G„ Yoo S. The management of antithrombotic medication in skin surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 9. P. 1417-1426.
Bordeaux J.S., Martires K.J., Goldberg D., Pattee S.F. et al. Prospective evaluation of dermatologic surgery complications including patients on multiple antiplatelet and anticoagulant medications // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 3. P. 576-583.
Lewis K.G., Dufresne R.G. Jr. A meta-analysis of complications attributed to anticoagulation among patients following cutaneous surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 160-164; discussion 164-165.
Cook-Norris R.H., Michaels J.D., Weaver A.L. et al. Complications of cutaneous surgery in patients taking clopidogrel-containing anticoagulation // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 3. P. 584-591.
Shimizu I., Jellinek N.J., Dufresne R.G., Li T. et al. Multiple antithrombotic agents increase the risk of postoperative hemorrhage in dermatologic surgery 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 58, N 5. P. 810-816.
Healey J.S., Eikelboom J„ Douketis J. et al. Periprocedural bleeding and thromboembolic events with dabigatran compared with warfarin: results from the Randomized Evaluation of Long-Term Anticoagulation Therapy (RE-LY) randomized trial 11 Circulation. 2012. Vol. 126, N 3. P. 343-348.
Patel M.R., Mahaffey K.W., Garg J. et al.; ROCKET AF Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2011. Vol. 365, N 10. P. 883-891.
Granger C.B., Alexander J.H., McMurray JJ. et al.; ARISTOTLE Committees and Investigators. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 2011. Vol. 365, N 11. P. 981-992.
Flaker G.C., Eikelboom J.W., Shestakovska O. et al. Bleeding during treatment with aspirin versus apixaban in patients with atrial fibrillation unsuitable for warfarin: the apixaban versus acetylsalicylic acid to prevent stroke in atrial fibrillation patients who have failed or are unsuitable for vitamin К antagonist treatment (AVERROES) trial // Stroke. 2012. Vol. 43,N12.P. 3291-3297.
Niitsu Y, Jakubowski J.A., Sugidachi A., Asai F. Pharmacology of CS-747 (prasugrel, LY640315), a novel, potent antiplatelet agent with in vivo P2Y12 receptor antagonist activity // Semin. Thromb. Hemost. 2005. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 184-194.
Hochholzer W., Wiviott S.D., Antman E.M. et al. Predictors of bleeding and time dependence of association of bleeding with mortality: insights from the Trial to Assess Improvement in Therapeutic Outcomes by Optimizing Platelet Inhibition with Prasugrel-Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 38 (TR1TON-TIMI 38) П Circulation. 2011. Vol. 123, N 23. P. 2681-2689.
Cannon C.P., Harrington R.A., James S. et al. Comparison of ticagrelor with clopidogrel in patients with a planned invasive strategy for acute coronary syndromes (PLATO): a randomised double-blind study // Lancet. 2010. Vol. 375, N 9711. P. 283-293.
Khalifeh M.R., Redett R.J. The management of patients on anticoagulants prior to cutaneous surgery: case report of a thromboembolic complication, review of the literature, and evidence-based recommendations // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 118, N 5. P. 110e-117e.
Kovich O., Otley C.C. Thrombotic complications related to discontinuation of warfarin and aspirin therapy perioperatively for cutaneous operation 11 J.Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48, N 2. P. 233-237.
Alam M., Goldberg L.H. Serious adverse vascular events associated with perioperative interruption of antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 11. P. 992-998; discussion 998.
Grip L., Blomback M., Schulman S. Hypercoagulable state and thromboembolism following warfarin withdrawal in post-myocardial-infarction patients // Eur. Heart J. 1991. Vol. 12, N 11. P. 1225-1233.
Ah-Weng A., Natarajan S., Velangi S., Langtry J.A. Preoperative monitoring of warfarin in cutaneous surgery// Br. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 149, N 2. P. 386-389.
Blasdale C„ Lawrence C.M. Perioperative international normalized ratio level is a poor predictor of postoperative bleeding complications in dermatological surgery patients taking warfarin 11 Br.J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 158, N 3. P. 522-526.
Hernandez C., Emer J., Robinson J.K. Perioperative management of medications for psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis: a review for the dermasurgeon 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 4. P. 446-459.
Karukonda S.R., Flynn T.C., Boh E.E., McBurney E.I. et al. The effects of drugs on wound healing-part II. Specific classes of drugs and their effect on healing wounds 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 39, N 5. P. 321-333.
Hengge U.R., Ruzicka T, Schwartz R.A., Cork M.J. Adverse effects of topical glucocorticosteroids // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 1. P. 1-15; quiz 16-18.
Tan S.R., Tope W.D. Effect of acitretin on wound healing in organ transplant recipients 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 2. P. 667-673.
Abdelmalek M., Spencer J. Retinoids and wound healing 11 Dermatol Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 10. P. 1219-1230.
Bibbo C., Goldberg J.W. Infectious and healing complications after elective orthopaedic foot and ankle surgery during tumor necrosis factor-alpha inhibition therapy // Foot Ankle Int. 2004. Vol. 25, N 5. P. 331-335.
Colombel J.F., Loftus E.V. Jr, Tremaine WJ. et al. Early postoperative complications are not increased in patients with Crohn’s disease treated perioperatively with infliximab or immunosuppressive therapy // Am. J. Gastroenterol. 2004. Vol. 99, N 5. P. 878-883.
Rosandich P.A., Kelley J.T. Ill, Conn D.L. Perioperative management of patients with rheumatoid arthritis in the era of biologic response modifiers 11 Curr. Opin. Rheumatol. 2004. Vol. 16, N3. P. 192-198.
Fuhrmann T., Smith N., Tausk F. Use of complementary and alternative medicine among adults with skin disease: updated results from a national survey 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N6. P. 1000-1005.
Broughton G. II, Crosby M.A., Coleman J., Rohrich R.J. Use of herbal supplements and vitamins in plastic surgery: a practical review // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 119, N 3. P. 48e-66e.
Ang-Lee M.K., Moss J., Yuan C.S. Herbal medicines and perioperative care 11 JAMA. 2001. Vol. 286, N 2. P. 208-216.
Salem R.O., Laposata M. Effects of alcohol on hemostasis 11 Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 2005. Vol. 123, suppl. P. S96-S105.
Sorensen L.T. Wound healing and infection in surgery. The clinical impact of smoking and smoking cessation: a systematic review and meta-analysis 11 Arch. Surg. 2012. Vol. 147, N 4. P. 373-383.
Dixon A.J., Dixon M.P., Dixon J.B., Del Mar C.B. Prospective study of skin surgery in smokers vs nonsmokers // Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 160, N 2. P. 365-367.
Shurman D.L., Benedetto A.V. Antimicrobials in dermatologic surgery: facts and controversies 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 28, N 5. P. 505-510.
Maragh S.L., Brown M.D. Prospective evaluation of surgical site infection rate among patients with Mohs micrographic surgery without the use of prophylactic antibiotics 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59, N 2. P. 275-278.
Wright T.I., Baddour L.M., Berbari E.E et al. Antibiotic prophylaxis in dermatologic surgery: advisory statement 2008 // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59, N 3. P. 464-473.
Rossi A.M., Mariwalla K. Prophylactic and empiric use of antibiotics in dermatologic surgery: a review of the literature and practical considerations 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 12. P. 1898-1921.
Awad S.S., Ehabash S.I., Lee L., Farrow B. et al. Increasing incidence of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus skin and soft-tissue infections: reconsideration of empiric antimicrobial therapy 11 Am. J. Surg. 2007. Vol. 194, N 5. P. 606-610.
Wilson W., Taubert K.A., Gewitz M. et al. Prevention of infective endocarditis: guidelines from the American Heart Association: a guideline from the American Heart Association Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease Committee, Council on Cardiovascular Disease in the Young, and the Council on Clinical Cardiology, Council on Cardiovascular Surgery and Anesthesia, and the Quality of Care and Outcomes Research Interdisciplinary Working Group 11 Circulation. 2007. Vol. 116, N 15. P. 1736-1754.
Carmichael A.J., Flanagan P.G., Holt P.J., Duerden B.L The occurrence of bacteraemia with skin surgery // Br. J. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 134, N 1. P. 120-122.
Everett E.D., Hirschmann J.V. Transient bacteremia and endocarditis prophylaxis. A review 11 Medicine (Baltimore). 1977. Vol. 56, N l.P. 61-77.
Berbari E.F., Hanssen A.D., Duffy M.C. et al. Risk factors for prosthetic joint infection: case-control study // Clin. Infect. Dis. 1998. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 1247-1254.
American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, American Dental Association. Prevention of Orthopaedic Implant Infection in Patients Undergoing Dental Procedures Guideline. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2012.
Greenway Н.Т., Breisch Е.А. Anatomy of the head and neck // Practice of Mohs Micrographic Surgery / ed. G.R. Mikhail. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1991. P. 150-166.
Breisch E.A., Greenway H.T. Surgical anatomy // Principles and Techniques of Cutaneous Surgery I eds R.L. Moy, G.P. Lask. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 1996. P. 35-46.
Breisch E.A., Greenway H.T. Cutaneous Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck. New York, NY : Livingstone, 1991. P. 1-133.
Greenway H.T., Breisch E.A. Superficial cutaneous anatomy // Atlas of Cutaneous Surgery I eds J.K. Robinson, K.A. Arndt, P.E. Leboit, B.U. Wintroub. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1996. P. 5-19.
Breisch E.A., Greenway H.T. Fundamental anatomy for the practice of cutaneous surgery // Cutaneous Medicine and Surgery / eds K.A. Arndt, P.E. Leboit, J.K. Robinson, B.U. Wintroub. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 1996. P. 111-119.
Breisch E.A., Greenway H.T. Superficial anatomy of the head and neck // Preoperative and Postoperative Dermatologic Surgical Care I eds H.T. Greenway, T.L. Barrett. New York, NY : Igaku-Shoin Medical Publishers, 1994. P. 71-92.
В ходе подготовки статей по подологии для пользователей сайта МедУнивер - отечественная литература не использовалась.
